Home

ZyXEL P-660HN-T1H User's Manual

1. s 3 Virtual Private Networking 0 0 MB Space used by installed components 42 4 MB Space required 0 0 MB Space available on disk 866 3 MB Description Universal Plug and Play enables seamless connectivity and communication between Windows and intelligent appliances Details 4 Click OK to go back to the Add Remove Programs Properties window and click Next 5 Restart the computer when prompted Installing UPnP in Windows XP Follow the steps below to install the UPnP in Windows XP 1 Click Start and Control Panel 2 Double click Network Connections P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 17 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 3 In the Network Connections window click Advanced in the main menu and select Optional Networking Components s Network Connections File Edit View Favorites Tools RsREtm nm Help A Operator Assisted Dialing Q Back lg P Dial up Preferences Address e Network Connections Network Identification Bridge Connections Network Tasks Advanced Settings Optional Networking Components em Cvaskba a mau annacstian 4 The Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard window displays Select Networking Service in the Components selection box and click Details Windows Optional Networking Components Wizard Windows Components You can add or remove components of Windows xP To add of remove a component click the
2. LABEL DESCRIPTION User Name Enter the user name exactly as your ISP assigned If assigned a name in the form user domain where domain identifies a service name then enter both components exactly as given Password Enter the password associated with the user name above Service Type the name of your PPPoE service here Name Back Click this to return to the previous screen without saving Apply Click this to save your changes Exit Click this to close the wizard screen without saving Figure 16 Internet Connection with RFC 1483 STEPI STEP fa Internet Configuration IP Address P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 5 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 9 Internet Connection with RFC 1483 LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Address This field is available if you select Routing in the Mode field Type your ISP assigned IP address in this field Back Click this to return to the previous screen without saving Next Click this to continue to the next wizard screen Exit Click this to close the wizard screen without saving Figure 17 Internet Connection with ENET ENCAP f Internet Configuration Obtain an IP Address Automatically Static IP Address IP Address 0 0 0 0 Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 First DNS Server 0 0 0 0 Gateway IP address RAIA Second DNS Server 0 0 0 0 P 660HN T1H User s
3. P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 2 Double click on the profile of the network card you wish to configure The Ethernet Device General screen displays as shown Figure 138 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Ethernet Device General Ethernet Device General Route Hardware Device Nickname ethO lt Activate device when computer starts Allow all users to enable and disable the device Automatically obtain IP address settings with dhcp DHCP Settings Hostname optional lt x Automatically obtain DNS information from provider Statically set IP addresses Manual IP Address Settings Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Address 3 Cancel e If you have a dynamic IP address click Automatically obtain IP address settings with and select dhcp from the drop down list If you have a static IP address click Statically set IP Addresses and fill in the Address Subnet mask and Default Gateway Address fields 3 Click OK to save the changes and close the Ethernet Device General screen 4 If you know your DNS server IP address es click the DNS tab in the Network Configuration screen Enter the DNS server information in the fields provided Figure 139 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Network Configuration DNS hi Network Configuration Eile Profile Help S amp S ff BO New Edit Co
4. LABEL DESCRIPTION DNS Servers The ZyXEL Device passes a DNS Domain Name System server IP Assigned by DHCP address to the DHCP clients Server Primary Enter the IP address of your primary secondary DNS server Secondary DNS Server Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings 7 4 The Client List Screen This table allows you to assign IP addresses on the LAN to specific individual computers based on their MAC Addresses Every Ethernet device has a unique MAC Media Access Control address The MAC address is assigned at the factory and consists of six pairs of hexadecimal characters for example 00 A0 C5 00 00 02 Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s static DHCP settings Click Network gt LAN gt Client List to open the following screen Figure 38 Network gt LAN gt Client List Client List DHCP Client Table IP Address fis2 168 1 66 MAC Address AA BB CC EE EE EE Add cael IP Address MAC Address cana Q IBM1 192 168 1 33 11 22 33 44 55 66 2 5 192 168 1 34 44 BB CC DD EE FF Iv 7 3 o HP 192 168 1 99 AA BB CC KK FF GG Cr Apply Cancel Refresh The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 24 Network gt LAN gt Client List LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Address Enter the IP address that you want to assign to the computer on your LAN with the MAC address that you will also specify
5. EE EE eS eee eS See ee 192 168 1 0 24 LCE E Eee eee eee Se Ea You can borrow one of the host ID bits to divide the network 192 168 1 0 into two separate sub networks The subnet mask is now 25 bits 255 255 255 128 or 25 The borrowed host ID bit can have a value of either 0 or 1 allowing two subnets 192 168 1 0 25 and 192 168 1 128 25 The following figure shows the company network after subnetting There are now two sub networks A and B Figure 148 Subnetting Example After Subnetting A y iu a See eeeeeeeeeeen CEEE E E La a 192 168 1 0 25 74 192 168 1 128 125 mmmn Oe eee eee a P 660HN T1H User s Guide 273 Appendix B IP Addresses and Subnetting In a 25 bit subnet the host ID has 7 bits so each sub network has a maximum of 2 2 or 126 possible hosts a host ID of all zeroes is the subnet s address itself all ones is the subnet s broadcast address 192 168 1 0 with mask 255 255 255 128 is subnet A itself and 192 168 1 127 with mask 255 255 255 128 is its broadcast address Therefore the lowest IP address that can be assigned to an actual host for subnet A is 192 168 1 1 and the highest is 192 168 1 126 Similarly the host ID range for subnet B is 192 168 1 129 to 192 168 1 254 Example Four Subnets 274 The previous example illustrated using a 25 bit subnet mask to divide a 24 bit address into two subnets Similarly to divide a 24 bit address into
6. M Active Network Address Translation NAT C SUA Only Full Feature Max NAT Firewall Session Per User 512 Apply Cancel 3 Click the Address Mapping tab and then click the Edit icon on a new rule Address Mapping Address Mapping Rules DHEN Local End IP Global Start 1 Global End 1P Modify 1 imj 2 g i 4 Configure the rule using the following settings e Type Many to Many No Overload e Local IP addresses 192 168 1 2 192 168 1 3 P 660HN T1H User s Guide st Chapter 4 Tutorials e Global IP addresses 172 16 1 253 172 16 1 254 Edit Address Mapping Rule1 Type Many to Many No Overload 7 Local Start IP 192 168 1 2 Local End IP 192 168 1 3 Global Start IP 172 16 1 253 Global End IP 172 16 1 254 Server Mapping Set PVCO_Edit Details Apply Cancel Then click Apply 4 5 2 Full Feature NAT One to One Mapping Use this setting if your applications must use fixed public IP addresses and the applications can be initiated either from the Intranet computers A and B or the Internet computer C For example gaming application To configure this setting 1 Click Network gt NAT 2 Select Active Network Address Translation NAT and Full Feature in the General screen Click Apply General NAT Setup M Active Network Address Translation NAT C sua Only Full Feature Max NAT Firewall Session Per User 512
7. 1 Go to http www zyxel com 2 Select your product on the ZyXEL home page to go to that product s page 3 Select the certification you wish to view from this page ZyXEL Limited Warranty ZyXEL warrants to the original end user purchaser that this product is free from any defects in materials or workmanship for a period of up to two years from the date of purchase During the warranty period and upon proof of purchase should the product have indications of failure due to faulty workmanship and or materials ZyXEL will at its discretion repair or replace the defective products or components without charge for either parts or labor and to whatever extent it shall deem necessary to restore the product or components to proper operating condition Any replacement will consist of a new or re manufactured functionally equivalent product of equal or higher value and will be solely at the discretion of ZyXEL This warranty shall not apply if the product has been modified misused tampered with damaged by an act of God or subjected to abnormal working conditions Note Repair or replacement as provided under this warranty is the exclusive remedy of the purchaser This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties express or implied including any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular use or P 660HN T1H User s Guide 311 Appendix F Legal Information purpose ZyXEL shall in no event be held liable
8. Figure 67 Network gt NAT gt Address Mapping Address Mapping Rules Localstartip _Localendip Global Start P Global end ip_ Type Modify 1 A a F 5 S wi 2 s i s i 7 wi 3 7 wi 4 7 i 5 g wi 6 g wi 7 g wi 8 g wi 9 S wi 10 g Wi P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 44 Network gt NAT gt Address Mapping LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the rule index number Local Start IP This is the starting Inside Local IP Address ILA Local IP addresses are N A for Server port mapping Local End IP This is the end Inside Local IP Address ILA If the rule is for all local IP addresses then this field displays 0 0 0 0 as the Local Start IP address and 255 255 255 255 as the Local End IP address This field is N A for One to one and Server mapping types Global Start This is the starting Inside Global IP Address IGA Enter 0 0 0 0 here if IP you have a dynamic IP address from your ISP You can only do this for Many to One and Server mapping types Global End IP_ This is the ending Inside Global IP Address IGA This field is N A for One to one Many to One and Server mapping types Type 1 1 One to one mode maps one local IP address to one global IP address Note that port numbers do not change for the One to one NAT mapping type M 1 Many to One mode maps multiple
9. For UPnP to function normally the HTTP service must be available for LAN computers using UPnP Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 69 Advanced gt UPnP gt General LABEL DESCRIPTION Active the Universal Plug Select this check box to activate UPnP Be aware that anyone and Play UPnP Feature could use a UPnP application to open the web configurator s login screen without entering the ZyXEL Device s IP address although you must still enter the password to access the web configurator Allow users to make Select this check box to allow UPnP enabled applications to configuration changes automatically configure the ZyXEL Device so that they can through UPnP communicate through the ZyXEL Device for example by using NAT traversal UPnP applications automatically reserve a NAT forwarding port in order to communicate with another UPnP enabled device this eliminates the need to manually configure port forwarding for the UPnP enabled application Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 17 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 17 3 Installing UPnP in Windows Example This section shows how to install UPnP in Windows Me and Windows XP Installing UPnP in Windows Me Follow the steps below to install the UPnP in Windows Me 1 Click Start and Control Panel D
10. Legal Information Copyright Copyright 2010 by ZyXEL Communications Corporation The contents of this publication may not be reproduced in any part or as a whole transcribed stored in a retrieval system translated into any language or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical magnetic optical chemical photocopying manual or otherwise without the prior written permission of ZyXEL Communications Corporation Published by ZyXEL Communications Corporation All rights reserved Disclaimer ZyXEL does not assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any products or software described herein Neither does it convey any license under its patent rights nor the patent rights of others ZyXEL further reserves the right to make changes in any products described herein without notice This publication is subject to change without notice Trademarks ZyNOS ZyXEL Network Operating System is a registered trademark of ZyXEL Communications Inc Other trademarks mentioned in this publication are used for identification purposes only and may be properties of their respective owners Certifications Federal Communications Commission FCC Interference Statement The device complies with Part 15 of FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions e This device may not cause harmful interference P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix F Legal Information e This device m
11. System Uptime 0 01 25 Current Date Time 01 01 2000 00 03 08 System Mode Routing Bridging CPU Usage EES s Memory Usage 22 Es ADSL Down 0 0 LAN up 100M Full WLAN Active 150M P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 2 The Web Configurator As illustrated above the main screen is divided into these parts e A title bar e B navigation panel e C main window e D status bar 2 2 1 Title Bar The title bar provides some icons in the upper right corner The icons provide the following functions Table 2 Web Configurator Icons in the Title Bar ICON DESCRIPTION Wizards Click this icon to go to the configuration wizards See Chapter 5 on page 57 for more information g Logout Click this icon to log out of the web configurator 2 2 2 Navigation Panel Use the menu items on the navigation panel to open screens to configure ZyXEL Device features The following tables describe each menu item Table 3 Navigation Panel Summary LINK TAB FUNCTION Status This screen shows the ZyXEL Device s general device and network status information Use this screen to access the statistics and client list Network WAN Internet Use this screen to configure ISP parameters WAN IP address Access Setup assignment and other advanced properties More Use this screen to configure additional WAN connections Connections LAN IP Use this screen to configure LAN TCP IP setting
12. Apply Cancel 52 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorials 3 Click the Address Mapping tab click the Edit icon on a new rule 3 Address Mapping Address Mapping Rules Local Start 1P Local End IP Global Start IP Global End IP Modify 2 R y i 2 a it 4 Configure two rules for the one to one mappings e Rule 1 This maps the public IP address 172 16 1 253 to the private IP address 192 168 1 2 Type One to One Local Start IP 192 168 1 2 Global Start IP 172 16 1 253 e Rule 2 This maps the public IP address 172 16 1 254 to the private IP address 192 168 1 3 Type One to One Local Start IP 192 168 1 3 Global Start IP 172 16 1 254 Edit Address Mapping Rule1 Type One to One 7 Local Start IP Jz92 18 1 3 Local End IP N A Global Start IP 172 16 1 254 Global End IP N A Server Mapping Set PVCO_Edit Details Edit Address Mapping Rule1 Back Apply Cancel Type One to One X Local Start IP Ju92 18 1 2 Local End IP N A Global Start IP t72 16 1 253 Global End IP N A Server Mapping Set PVCO_Edit Details Back Apply Cancel Click Apply on each of the screens 4 6 Multiple WAN Connections Example This example shows an application for multiple WAN connections Your ISP may configure more than one WAN connection on the ZyXEL Device to record traffic statistics or calculate service charges P 660HN T1H User s Guide 53 Chapter
13. See Section 8 2 6 on page 110 for more details QoS Select this check box to activate Quality of Service QoS Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings Advanced Setup Click this to display the Wireless Advanced Setup screen and edit more details of your WLAN setup See Section 8 2 5 on page 108 for more details 8 2 1 No Security In the Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP screen select No Security from the Security Mod e list to allow wireless devices to communicate with the ZyXEL Device without any data encryption or authentication P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN Note If you do not enable any wireless security on your ZyXEL Device your network is accessible to any wireless networking device that is within range Figure 43 Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP No Security Common Setup Network Name SSID ZyXELO1 E Hide ssiD Security Mode No Security M The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 27 Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP No Security LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Choose No Security from the drop down list box Mode 8 2 2 WEP Encryption Use this screen to configure and enable WEP encryption Click Network gt Wireless LAN to display the AP screen Select Static WEP from the Security Mode list Note WEP is extremely insecure Its e
14. Select Disable wireless security to have no wireless LAN security configured and your network is accessible to any wireless networking device that is within range Back Click this to return to the previous screen without saving P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 5 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard Table 13 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 2 LABEL DESCRIPTION Next Click this to continue to the next wizard screen Exit Click this to close the wizard screen without saving Note The wireless stations and ZyXEL Device must use the same SSID channel ID and WEP encryption key if WEP is enabled WPA PSK if WPA PSK is enabled for wireless communication 4 This screen varies depending on the security mode you selected in the previous screen Fill in the field if available and click Next 5 3 1 Manually Assign a WPA PSK key Choose Manually assign a WPA PSK key in the Wireless LAN setup screen to set up a Pre Shared Key Figure 24 Manually Assign a WPA PSK key fa Wireless LAN Pre Shared Key 1 2345678 Pre Shared Key to authentic made up t the password you u s Ned ext The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 14 Manually Assign a WPA PSK key LABEL DESCRIPTION Pre Shared Type from 8 to 63 case sensitive ASCII characters You can set up the most Key secure wireless connection by configuring WPA in the wireless LAN s
15. TELNET login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router via telnet Successful FTP login Someone has logged on to the router via ftp FTP login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router via ftp NAT Session Table is Full The maximum number of NAT session table entries has been exceeded and the table is full Starting Connectivity Monitor Starting Connectivity Monitor Time initialized by Daytime Server The router got the time and date from the Daytime server Time initialized by Time server The router got the time and date from the time server Time initialized by NTP server The router got the time and date from the NTP server Connect to Daytime server fail The router was not able to connect to the Daytime server Connect to Time server fail The router was not able to connect to the Time server Connect to NTP server fail The router was not able to connect to the NTP server Too large ICMP packet has been dropped The router dropped an ICMP packet that was too large Configuration Change PC OxSx Task ID 0x x The router is saving configuration changes Successful SSH login Someone has logged on to the router s SSH server SSH login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router s SSH server P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 20 Logs Table 74 System Maintenanc
16. s Guide Quality of Service QoS 14 1 Overview Use the QoS screen to set up your ZyXEL Device to use QoS for traffic management Quality of Service QoS refers to both a network s ability to deliver data with minimum delay and the networking methods used to control bandwidth QoS allows the ZyXEL Device to group and prioritize application traffic and fine tune network performance Without QoS all traffic data are equally likely to be dropped when the network is congested This can cause a reduction in network performance and make the network inadequate for time critical applications such as video on demand The ZyXEL Device assigns each packet a priority and then queues the packet accordingly Packets assigned with a high priority are processed more quickly than those with low priorities if there is congestion allowing time sensitive applications to flow more smoothly Time sensitive applications include both those that require a low level of latency delay and a low level of jitter variations in delay such as Voice over IP VoIP or Internet gaming and those for which jitter alone is a problem such as Internet radio or streaming video In the following figure your Internet connection has an upstream transmission speed of 50 Mbps You configure a classifier to assign the highest priority queue 6 to VoIP traffic from the LAN interface so that voice traffic would not get delayed when there is network congestion Traffic fr
17. I Authentication Status Failures PPP I DHCP Logs I others Submit Clear Log Save Log The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 73 Maintenance gt Logs gt Log Settings LABEL DESCRIPTION System Log Log Type Clear Log Select the types of logs that you want to display and record Then click Submit to display the details Click this to delete all the logs Save Log Click this to save the logs in a text file P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 20 Logs 20 3 Log Descriptions This section provides descriptions of example log messages Table 74 System Maintenance Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Time calibration is successful The router has adjusted its time based on information from the time server Time calibration failed The router failed to get information from the time server WAN interface gets IP s A WAN interface got a new IP address from the DHCP PPPoE or dial up server DHCP client IP expired A DHCP client s IP address has expired DHCP server assigns s Successful WEB login The DHCP server assigned an IP address to a client Someone has logged on to the router s web configurator interface WEB login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router s web configurator interface Successful TELNET login Someone has logged on to the router via telnet
18. Me Main Tabs Feeds Privacy Security Advanced v Block pop up windows Exceptions IV Load images automatically Exceptions IV Enable JavaScript Advanced IV Enable Java r Fonts amp Colors Default Font Times New Roman 7 Size 16 Advanced Colors File Types Configure how Firefox handles certain types of Files Manage ee H Cancel Help P 660HN T1H User s Guide 287 Appendix C Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 288 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Wireless LANs Wireless LAN Topologies This section discusses ad hoc and infrastructure wireless LAN topologies Ad hoc Wireless LAN Configuration BSS The simplest WLAN configuration is an independent Ad hoc WLAN that connects a set of computers with wireless adapters A B C Any time two or more wireless adapters are within range of each other they can set up an independent network which is commonly referred to as an ad hoc network or Independent Basic Service Set IBSS The following diagram shows an example of notebook computers using wireless adapters to form an ad hoc wireless LAN Figure 159 Peer to Peer Communication in an Ad hoc Network A Basic Service Set BSS exists when all communications between wireless clients or between a wireless client and a wired network client go through one access point AP Intra BSS traffic is traffic betwee
19. P P2P 135 Pairwise Master Key PMK 299 301 passwords 28 administrator 206 PBC 126 PCR 76 81 84 Peak Cell Rate see PCR PIN WPS 114 115 126 example 128 Ping of Death 150 port forwarding 134 136 activation 139 configuration 137 example 137 rules 139 PPPOA 74 79 82 PPPoE 74 79 82 preamble 109 120 preamble mode 293 pre shared key 106 private IP address 98 product registration 312 PSK 299 push button 23 115 Push Button Configuration see PBC push button WPS 126 PVC 164 PVID 168 Q QoS 169 802 1p 173 174 activation 171 172 DSCP 172 example 169 IP precedence 173 175 priority queue 175 Quality of Service see QoS P 660HN T1H User s Guide Index R RADIUS 295 message types 295 messages 295 shared secret key 296 RADIUS server 122 reauthentication WPA 107 registration product 312 related documentation 3 remote management 179 DNS 186 FTP 183 ICMP 187 limitations 180 NAT 181 Telnet 182 WWW 181 reset 25 224 restart 225 restoring configuration 223 RFC 1483 74 79 82 RIP 76 88 90 95 98 Routing Information Protocol see RIP RTS Request To Send 292 threshold 291 292 RTS threshold 108 120 rules port forwarding 139 S safety warnings 7 schedules wireless LAN 117 SCR 76 81 85 security wireless LAN 104 120 Security Parameter Index see SPI Service Set IDentifier see SSID setup DHCP 91 firewalls 151 IP alias 94 IP precedence
20. alternative subnet mask notation 272 antenna directional 304 gain 303 omni directional 304 Index AP access point 291 application filter 155 applications NAT 146 Asynchronous Transfer Mode see ATM ATM 229 MBS 76 81 PCR 76 81 QoS 76 81 85 SCR 76 81 status 229 authentication 120 122 RADIUS server 122 WPA 108 backup configuration 222 Basic Service Set See BSS 289 Basic Service Set see BSS broadcast 72 BSS 123 289 example 124 C CA 297 CBR 76 81 85 Certificate Authority See CA certifications 309 notices 311 viewing 311 channel 291 interference 291 channel wireless LAN 119 CLI 21 client list 92 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Index Command Line Interface see CLI compatibility WDS 115 configuration backup 222 CWMP 202 DHCP 91 firewalls 151 IP alias 94 IP precedence 172 IP MAC filter 157 logs 209 port forwarding 137 reset 224 restoring 223 static route 161 WAN 73 wireless LAN 103 wizard 60 connection nailed up 80 84 on demand 80 copyright 309 CPE WAN Management Protocol see CWMP CTS Clear to Send 292 CTS threshold 108 120 CWMP 201 activation 202 configuration 202 D data fragment threshold 108 120 DDoS 150 default server NAT 136 138 Denials of Service see DoS DHCP 88 91 96 diagnostic 227 DiffServ Code Point see DSCP disclaimer 309 DNS 88 92 96 186 Domain Name System see DNS DoS 149 DSCP 172 DSL connection
21. refer to RFC 1631 The IP Network Address Translator NAT 9 6 3 How NAT Works Each packet has two addresses a source address and a destination address For outgoing packets the ILA Inside Local Address is the source address on the LAN and the IGA Inside Global Address is the source address on the WAN For incoming packets the ILA is the destination address on the LAN and the IGA is the destination address on the WAN NAT maps private local IP addresses to globally unique ones required for communication with hosts on other networks It replaces the original IP source address and TCP or UDP source port numbers for Many to One and Many to Many Overload NAT mapping in each packet and then forwards it to the Internet The ZyXEL Device keeps track of the original addresses and port numbers so incoming reply packets can have their original values restored The following figure illustrates this Figure 70 How NAT Works NAT Table LAN Inside Local Inside Global IP Address IP Address WAN 192 168 1 10 IGA1 192 168 1 13 192 168 1 11 IGA2 Z 192 168 1 12 IGA3 192 168 1 13 Inside Local Inside Global Address ILA Address IGA 192 168 1 11 195 1684 10 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT 9 6 4 NAT Application The following figure illustrates a possible NAT application where three inside LANs logical LANs using IP alias behind the ZyXEL Device can communicate
22. s Guide Chapter 3 Status Screens Each field is described in the following table Table 4 Status Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION Refresh Interval Select how often you want the ZyXEL Device to update this screen Apply Click this to update this screen immediately Device Information Host Name _ This field displays the ZyXEL Device system name It is used for identification Model This is the model name of your device Number MAC This is the MAC Media Access Control or Ethernet address unique to Address your ZyXEL Device ZyNOS This is the current version of the firmware inside the device Click this Firmware to go to the screen where you can change it Version DSL This is the current version of the device s DSL modem code Firmware Version WAN Information DSL Mode This is the DSL standard that your ZyXEL Device is using IP Address This is the current IP address of the ZyXEL Device in the WAN Click this to go to the screen where you can change it IP Subnet This is the current subnet mask in the WAN Mask Default This is the IP address of the default gateway if applicable Gateway VPI VCI This is the Virtual Path Identifier and Virtual Channel Identifier that you entered in the wizard or WAN screen LAN Information IP Address This is the current IP address of the ZyXEL Device in the LAN Click this to go to the screen where you can change i
23. s configuration interface See the device s User s Guide for how to do this Look for the client s WPS PIN it will be displayed either on the device or in the WPS section of the client s configuration interface see the device s User s Guide for how to find the WPS PIN for the ZyXEL Device see Section 8 4 on page 113 Enter the client s PIN in the AP s configuration interface If the client device s configuration interface has an area for entering another device s PIN you can either enter the client s PIN in the AP or enter the AP s PIN in the client it does not matter which Start WPS on both devices within two minutes Use the configuration utility to activate WPS not the push button on the device itself On a computer connected to the wireless client try to connect to the Internet If you can connect WPS was successful If you cannot connect check the list of associated wireless clients in the AP s configuration utility If you see the wireless client in the list WPS was successful P 660HN T1H User s Guide 127 Chapter 8 Wireless LAN The following figure shows a WPS enabled wireless client installed in a notebook computer connecting to the WPS enabled AP via the PIN method Figure 58 Example WPS Process PIN Method ENROLLEE REGISTRAR WITHIN 2 MINUTES SECURE EAP TUNNEL T aa SSID WPA 2 PSK 77 COMMUNICATION N 8 8 8 3 How WPS Works Wh
24. to reduce interference Interference occurs when radio signals from different access points overlap causing interference and degrading performance Adjacent channels partially overlap however To avoid interference due to overlap your AP should be on a channel at least five channels away from a channel that an adjacent AP is using For example if your region has 11 channels and an adjacent AP is using channel 1 then you need to select a channel between 6 or 11 RTS CTS A hidden node occurs when two stations are within range of the same access point but are not within range of each other The following figure illustrates a P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs hidden node Both stations STA are within range of the access point AP or wireless gateway but out of range of each other so they cannot hear each other that is they do not know if the channel is currently being used Therefore they are considered hidden from each other Figure 162 RTS CTS ae RTS Range Wireless AP Station RTS AP ae ACK Stations cannot pote A hear each other B m i sh E They can hear the AP When station A sends data to the AP it might not know that the station B is already using the channel If these two stations send data at the same time collisions may occur when both sets of data arrive at the AP at the same time resulting in a loss of messages for both stations CTS Range RT
25. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 S wt 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 g 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 g wW 14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 g ti 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 g A 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 g Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 53 Advanced gt Static Route LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the number of an individual static route Destination This parameter specifies the IP network address of the final destination Routing is always based on network number Netmask This parameter specifies the IP network subnet mask of the final destination Gateway This is the IP address of the gateway The gateway is a router or switch on the same network segment as the device s LAN or WAN port The gateway helps forward packets to their destinations P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 12 Static Route Table 53 Advanced gt Static Route LABEL DESCRIPTION Modify Click the Edit icon to go to the screen where you can set up a static route on the ZyXEL Device Click the Remove icon to remove a static route from the ZyXEL Device A window displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the route Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings 12 2 1 Static Route Edit Use this screen to configure the required information for a static route Select a static route index number and click Edi
26. 12Volts 1 0A Power Consumption 7 7 Watt max Safety Standards ANSI UL 60950 1 CSA 60950 1 EUROPEAN PLUG STANDARDS AC Power Adapter Model Input Power AC 230Volts 50Hz Output Power DC 12Volts 1 0A Power Consumption 8 3 Watt max Safety Standards CE GS or TUV EN60950 1 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Setting up Your Computer s IP Address All computers must have a 10M or 100M Ethernet adapter card and TCP IP installed Windows 95 98 Me NT 2000 XP Vista Macintosh OS 7 and later operating systems and all versions of UNIX LINUX include the software components you need to install and use TCP IP on your computer Windows 3 1 requires the purchase of a third party TCP IP application package TCP IP should already be installed on computers using Windows NT 2000 XP Macintosh OS 7 and later operating systems After the appropriate TCP IP components are installed configure the TCP IP settings in order to communicate with your network If you manually assign IP information instead of using dynamic assignment make sure that your computers have IP addresses that place them in the same subnet as the ZyXEL Device s LAN port P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Windows 95 98 Me Click Start Settings Control Panel and double click the Network icon to open the Network window Figure 114 WIndows 95 98 Me Network Configuration a LPR for TCP IP Printing
27. 16 4 on page 183 to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use FTP to access the ZyXEL Device Your ZyXEL Device can act as an SNMP agent which allows a manager station to manage and monitor the ZyXEL Device through the network Use the SNMP screen see Section 16 5 on page 184 to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use SNMP to access the ZyXEL Device Use the DNS screen Section 16 6 on page 186 to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Use the ICMP screen Section 16 7 on page 187 to set whether or not your ZyXEL Device will respond to pings and probes for services that you have not made available 16 1 2 What You Need to Know About Remote Management Remote Management Limitations Remote management does not work when You have not enabled that service on the interface in the corresponding remote management screen You have disabled that service in one of the remote management screens The IP address in the Secured Client IP Address field does not match the client IP address If it does not match the ZyXEL Device will disconnect the session immediately There is already another remote management session with an equal or higher priority running You may only have one remote management session running at one time There is a firewall rule that blocks it P 660HN T1H
28. 2 f Internet Configuration Connection Type PPP over Ethernet PPPoE d given to you by your Internet Service Provider here If rit in the third field User Name Password Service Name foptional Back Next Exit 3c The following screen appears if the ZyXEL device detects a connection but not the connection type Click Next and refer to Section 5 2 1 on page 60 on how to manually configure the ZyXEL Device for Internet access Figure 13 Auto Detection Failed f Internet Configuration t Ple L cable is connected Connection Type k t t elo nanualh figure your Note This wizard can only automatically detect PPP over Ethernet PPPoE PPP over ATM PPPoA or dynamically assigned Ethernet Internet connections Your Internet connection may use a Static IP address which cannot be detected automatically lt Back Next gt Exit P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 5 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard 5 2 1 Manual Configuration 1 Ifthe ZyXEL Device fails to detect your DSL connection type but the physical line is connected enter your Internet access information in the wizard screen exactly as your service provider gave it to you Leave the defaults in any fields for which you were not given information Figure 14 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters fa Internet Configuration uting default if your ISP allows multiple computers to share an Internet account selec
29. 3RD 4TH DECIMAL OCTET OCTET OCTET OCTET 8 bit mask 11111111 00000000 00000000 00000000 255 0 0 0 16 bit 11111111 11111111 00000000 00000000 255 255 0 0 mask 24 bit 11111111 11111111 11111111 00000000 255 255 255 0 mask 29 bit 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111000 255 255 255 24 mask 8 Network Size The size of the network number determines the maximum number of possible hosts you can have on your network The larger the number of network number bits the smaller the number of remaining host ID bits An IP address with host IDs of all zeros is the IP address of the network 192 168 1 0 with a 24 bit subnet mask for example An IP address with host IDs of all ones is the broadcast address for that network 192 168 1 255 with a 24 bit subnet mask for example As these two IP addresses cannot be used for individual hosts calculate the maximum number of possible hosts in a network as follows Table 101 Maximum Host Numbers SUBNET MASK HOST ID SIZE NOG ee eo 8 bits 255 0 0 0 24 bits gt 9 16777214 16 bits 255 255 0 0 16 bits 216 _ 2 65534 24 bits 255 255 255 0 8 bits 28 2 254 29 bits 255 255 255 2 3 bits 23 2 6 48 P 660HN T1H User s Guide 271 Appendix B IP Addresses and Subnetting Notation Since the mask is always a continuous number of ones beginning from the left followed by a continuous nu
30. 4 For statically assigned settings do the following P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address e From the Configure box select Manually e Type your IP address in the IP Address box e Type your subnet mask in the Subnet mask box e Type the IP address of your ZyXEL Device in the Router address box 5 Click Apply Now and close the window 6 Turn on your ZyXEL Device and restart your computer if prompted Verifying Settings Check your TCP IP properties in the Network window Linux This section shows you how to configure your computer s TCP IP settings in Red Hat Linux 9 0 Procedure screens and file location may vary depending on your Linux distribution and release version Note Make sure you are logged in as the root administrator Using the K Desktop Environment KDE Follow the steps below to configure your computer IP address using the KDE 1 Click the Red Hat button located on the bottom left corner select System Setting and click Network Figure 137 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Network Configuration Devices v Network Configuration Eile Profile Help be f f B o 2 Devices Hardware DNS Hosts New Edit Copy Delete Activate Deactivate Profile Status Device Nickname jac You may configure network devices associated with 3 o physical hardware here Multiple logical devices can be J associated with a single piece of hardware VE
31. 6 Click Apply to save this setting JavaScripts If pages of the web configurator do not display properly in Internet Explorer check that JavaScripts are allowed P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix C Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 1 In Internet Explorer click Tools Internet Options and then the Security tab Figure 153 Internet Options Security AE General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Select a Web content zone to specify its security settings 4 wa O Internet Local intranet Trusted sites Restricted sites f This zone contains all Web sites you Gree haven t placed in other zones m Security level for this zone Move the slider to set the security level for this zone 3 Medium Safe browsing and still functional Prompts before downloading potentially unsafe content Unsigned ActiveX controls will not be downloaded Appropriate for most Internet sites C Custom Level D Default Level OK Cancel Apply 2 Click the Custom Level button 3 Scroll down to Scripting 4 Under Active scripting make sure that Enable is selected the default 5 Under Scripting of Java applets make sure that Enable is selected the default P 660HN T1H User s Guide 283 Appendix C Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 6 Click OK to close the window Security Settings Settings
32. A VLAN group can be treated as an individual device Each group can have its own rules about where and how to forward traffic You can assign any ports on the ZyXEL Device to a VLAN group and configure the settings for the group You may also set the priority level for traffic trasmitted through the ports Figure 79 802 1Q 1P 802 1Q 802 1P VLAN Groups Priority Levels What You Can Do in the 802 1Q 1P Screens e Use the Group Setting screen Section 13 2 on page 164 to activate 802 1Q 1P specify the management VLAN group display the VLAN groups and configure the settings for each VLAN group e Use the Port Setting screen Section 13 3 on page 167 to configure the PVID for each port What You Need to Know About 802 1Q 1P IEEE 802 1P Priority IEEE 802 1P specifies the user priority field and defines up to eight separate traffic types by inserting a tag into a MAC layer frame that contains bits to define class of service P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 13 802 1Q 1P IEEE 802 1Q Tagged VLAN Tagged VLAN uses an explicit tag VLAN ID in the MAC header to identify the VLAN membership of a frame across bridges they are not confined to the device on which they were created The VLAN ID associates a frame with a specific VLAN and provides the information that devices need to process the frame across the network PVC A virtual circuit is a logical point to point circ
33. Advanced Settings Service Selec the savice uninig an pour relh that lnlemel gelt car Sea es Services a mamaw 132 168 pa BET TEED TEF hel mernege 192 1651 663059 271711 UDF mms 192168 1 91 7261 25007 UDF w mme 192 1661 F810 A ri TEP Service Settings Description of service Test Name or IP address for example 192 168 0 12 of the computer hosting this service on your network 192 168 1 11 External Port number for this service 143 TCP UDP Internal Port number for this service f 44 Cancel 5 When the UPnP enabled device is disconnected from your computer all port mappings will be deleted automatically P 660HN T1H User s Guide 197 Chapter 17 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 6 Select Show icon in notification area when connected option and click OK An icon displays in the system tray i Internet Connection is now connected Click here for more information Y internet Connection Status General Internet Gateway Status Connected Duration 00 00 56 Speed 100 0 Mbps Activity Internet Internet Gateway My Computer wd amp Packets Sent 8 Received 5 943 Web Configurator Easy Access With UPnP you can access the web based configurator on the ZyXEL Device without finding out the IP address of the ZyXEL Device first This comes helpful if you do not know the IP address of the ZyXEL Device Follow the steps below to access the web
34. Choices are Long or Short See the Appendix D on page 293 for more information 802 11 Mode Select 802 11b Only to allow only IEEE 802 11b compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device Select 802 11g Only to allow only IEEE 802 11g compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device Select 802 11b g to allow either IEEE 802 11b or IEEE 802 11g compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device The transmission rate of your ZyXEL Device might be reduced Select 802 11n to allow only IEEE 802 11n compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device Select 802 11g n to allow either IEEE 802 11g or IEEE 802 11n compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device The transmission rate of your ZyXEL Device might be reduced Select 802 11b g n to allow IEEE 802 11b IEEE 802 11g or EEE802 11n compliant WLAN devices to associate with the ZyXEL Device The transmission rate of your ZyXEL Device might be reduced Back Click this to return to the previous screen without saving Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN 8 2 6 MAC Filter Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s MAC filter settings Click the Edit button in the AP screen The screen appears as shown Figure 48 Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP MAC Address Filter MA
35. Connections Properties s Network Connections File Edit View Favorites Tools Advanced Help Q tax amp Search at Folders E Address Network Connections LAN or High Speed Internet Network Tasks ocal Area Connection E Create anew nabled connection standard PCI Fast Ethernet Adapte Y Set up a home or small Disable office network Siik Disable this network a uy device Repair q Repair this connection Bridge Connections mij Rename this connection view status of this connection Change settings of this connection Create Shortcut 4 Select Internet Protocol TCP IP under the General tab in Win XP and then click Properties Figure 120 Windows XP Local Area Connection Properties Local Area Connection Properties General Authentication Advanced Connect using Ba Accton EN1207D TX PCI Fast Ethemet Adapter This connection uses the following items M E Client for Microsoft Networks B File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks Internet Protocol TCP IP Description Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol The default wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks C Show icon in notification area when connected 5 The Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window opens the General tab in Windows XP P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix A Setting up You
36. Driver a Link leon Topology Discovery Responder Install Uninstall Properties rr H or Description Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol The default wide area network protocol that provides communication across diverse interconnected networks OK Cancel 7 The Internet Protocol Version 4 TCP 1Pv4 Properties window opens the General tab e If you have a dynamic IP address click Obtain an IP address automatically e If you have a static IP address click Use the following I P address and fill in the IP address Subnet mask and Default gateway fields P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address e Click Advanced Figure 130 Windows Vista Internet Protocol Version 4 TCP IPv4 Properties Internet Protocol Version 4 TCP IPv4 Properties C E General Alternate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Use the following IP address Obtain DNS server address automatically Use the following DNS server addresses Advanced Cea If you do not know your gateway s IP address remove any previously installed gateways in the IP Settings tab and click OK Do one or more of the following if you want to configure additional IP addresses In the IP Settings tab in
37. Guide Chapter 5 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 10 Internet Connection with ENET ENCAP LABEL DESCRIPTION Obtain an IP A static IP address is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP Address address is not fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time you Automatically connect to the Internet Select Obtain an I P Address Automatically if you have a dynamic IP address Static IP Select Static IP Address if your ISP gave you an IP address to use Address IP Address Enter your ISP assigned IP address Subnet Mask Enter a subnet mask in dotted decimal notation Refer to the appendix to calculate a subnet mask If you are implementing subnetting Gateway IP You must specify a gateway IP address supplied by your ISP when you address use ENET ENCAP in the Encapsulation field in the previous screen First DNS Enter the IP addresses of the DNS servers The DNS servers are passed to Server the DHCP clients along with the IP address and the subnet mask Second DNS As above Server Back Click this to return to the previous screen without saving Apply Click this to save your changes Exit Click this to close the wizard screen without saving Figure 18 Internet Connection with PPPoA STEP ES STEP 2 f Internet Configuration Please enter the User Name and Password given to you by your Internet S
38. IP address of your computer to be in the same subnet as that of the default device IP address 192 168 1 1 See Appendix A on page 245 for details on how to set up your computer s IP address P 660HN T1H User s Guide 223 Chapter 21 Tools If the upload was not successful the following screen will appear Click Return to go back to the Configuration screen Figure 108 Configuration Upload Error System Restore Restore configuration error The configuration file was not accepted by the device Please return to the previous page and select a valid configuration file Click Help for more information Return Reset to Factory Defaults Click the Reset button to clear all user entered configuration information and return the ZyXEL Device to its factory defaults The following warning screen appears Figure 109 Reset Warning Message Microsoft Internet Explorer 4re you sure you want to reset the device back to the factory defaults This will erase all of your custom configuration Figure 110 Reset In Process Message Reset to Factory Default Settings Please Wait The router will now reboot s there will be no indication of when the process is complete please wait for one minute before attempting to access the device again You can also press the RESET button on the rear panel to reset the factory defaults of your ZyXEL Device Refer to Section 1 6 on page 25 for more information on t
39. IP Properties IP Address TCP IP Properties 3 2 x Bindings Advanced Neos DNS Configuration Gateway WINS Configuration IP Address An IP address can be automatically assigned to this computer If your network does not automatically assign IP addresses ask your network administrator for an address and then type it in the space below JV Detect connection to network media Cancel P 660HN T1H User s Guide 247 Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 3 Click the DNS Configuration tab e If you do not know your DNS information select Disable DNS e If you know your DNS information select Enable DNS and type the information in the fields below you may not need to fill them all in Figure 116 Windows 95 98 Me TCP IP Properties DNS Configuration TCP IP Properties 3 2x Bindings Advanced NeBios DNS Configuration Gateway WINS Configuration IP Address Click the Gateway tab e If you do not know your gateway s IP address remove previously installed gateways e If you have a gateway IP address type it in the New gateway field and click Add Click OK to save and close the TCP IP Properties window Click OK to close the Network window Insert the Windows CD if prompted Turn on your ZyXEL Device and restart your computer when prompted Verifying Settings Click Start and then Run In the Run window type winipcfg and
40. Log out of the ZyXEL Device in the other session or ask the person who is logged in to log out 3 Turn the ZyXEL Device off and on 4 If this does not work you have to reset the device to its factory defaults See Section 23 1 on page 231 cannot Telnet to the ZyXEL Device See the troubleshooting suggestions for cannot see or access the Login screen in the web configurator Ignore the suggestions about your browser P 660HN T1H User s Guide 233 Chapter 23 Troubleshooting cannot use FTP to upload download the configuration file cannot use FTP to upload new firmware See the troubleshooting suggestions for cannot see or access the Login screen in the web configurator Ignore the suggestions about your browser 23 3 Internet Access cannot access the Internet Check the hardware connections and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected See the Quick Start Guide and Section 1 5 on page 24 Make sure you entered your ISP account information correctly in the wizard These fields are case sensitive so make sure Caps Lock is not on If you are trying to access the Internet wirelessly make sure the wireless settings in the wireless client are the same as the settings in the AP If you are trying to access the Internet wirelessly make sure you have enabled the wireless LAN by the WPS WLAN button or by the Wireless LAN gt AP screen Disconnect all the cables from your dev
41. Logs Overview This chapter contains information about viewing the ZyXEL Device s logs The web configurator allows you to choose which types of events and or alerts to have the ZyXEL Device log and then display the logs What You Need To Know About Logs Alerts An alert is a message that is enabled as soon as the event occurs They include system errors attacks access control and attempted access to blocked web sites Some categories such as System Errors consist of both logs and alerts You may differentiate them by their color in the View Log screen Alerts display in red and logs display in black Logs A log is a message about an event that occurred on your ZyXEL Device For example when someone logs in to the ZyXEL Device you can set a schedule for how often logs should be enabled or sent to a syslog server 20 2 The System Log Screen Use the System Log screen to configure and view the logs you wish to display To change your ZyXEL Device s log settings click Maintenance gt Logs gt Log Settings The screen appears as shown P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 20 Logs Alerts are e mailed as soon as they happen Logs may be e mailed as soon as the log is full Selecting many alert and or log categories especially Access Control may result in many e mails being sent Figure 100 Maintenance gt System Logs System Log System Log Log Type 7 Firewall Attacks Cr Configuration Changes
42. NAT SUA Single User Account is a ZyNOS implementation of a subset of NAT that supports two types of mapping Many to One and Server The ZyXEL Device also supports Full Feature NAT to map multiple global IP addresses to multiple private LAN IP addresses of clients or servers using mapping types as outlined in Table 48 on page 147 e Choose SUA Only if you have just one public WAN IP address for your ZyXEL Device e Choose Full Feature if you have multiple public WAN IP addresses for your ZyXEL Device Finding Out More See Section 9 6 on page 144 for advanced technical information on NAT P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT 9 2 The NAT General Setup Screen Use this screen to activate NAT Click Network gt NAT to open the following screen Note You must create a firewall rule in addition to setting up SUA NAT to allow traffic from the WAN to be forwarded through the ZyXEL Device Figure 63 Network gt NAT gt General NAT Setup M Active Network Address Translation SUA Only Full Feature Max NAT Firewall Session Per User fo Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 41 Network gt NAT gt General LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Network Select this check box to enable NAT Address Translation SUA Only Select this radio button if you have just one public WAN IP address for your ZyXEL Device Full Featur
43. Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP LABEL DESCRIPTION Wireless Setup Enable Wireless LAN Click the check box to activate wireless LAN Channel Selection Set the operating channel manually by selecting a channel from the Channel Selection list or use Auto Channel Select to have it automatically configured Common Setup Network Name SSID The SSID Service Set Dentity identifies the service set with which a wireless device is associated Wireless devices associating to the access point AP must have the same SSID Enter a descriptive name up to 32 printable 7 bit ASCII characters for the wireless LAN Note If you are configuring the ZyXEL Device from a computer connected to the wireless LAN and you change the ZyXEL Device s SSID or WEP settings you will lose your wireless connection when you press Apply to confirm You must then change the wireless settings of your computer to match the ZyXEL Device s new settings Hide SSID Select this check box to hide the SSID in the outgoing beacon frame so a station cannot obtain the SSID through scanning using a site survey tool Security Mode See the following sections for more details about this field MAC Filter This shows whether the wireless devices with the MAC addresses listed are allowed or denied to access the ZyXEL Device using this SSID Edit Click this to go to the MAC Filter screen to configure MAC filter settings
44. OSPF The firewall detected a TCP UDP I GMP ESP GRE OSPF attack attack ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP attack land TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF The firewall detected a TCP UDP I GMP ESP GRE OSPF land attack land ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP land attack ip spoofing WAN TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF The firewall detected an IP spoofing attack on the WAN port ip spoofing WAN ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP IP spoofing attack on the WAN port icmp echo ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP echo attack syn flood TCP The firewall detected a TCP syn flood attack ports scan TCP The firewall detected a TCP port scan attack teardrop TCP The firewall detected a TCP teardrop attack teardrop UDP The firewall detected an UDP teardrop attack teardrop ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP teardrop attack illegal command TCP The firewall detected a TCP illegal command attack P 660HN T1H User s Guide 28 Chapter 20 Logs Table 84 Attack Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION NetBIOS TCP The firewall detected a TCP NetBIOS attack ip spoofing no routing entry TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF The firewall classified a packet with no sourc
45. Scripting B Active scripting Promp E Allow paste operations via script O Disable Enable Prompt E Scripting of Java applets O Disable Enable Prompt lleas Aikhanticstian Figure 154 Security Settings Java Scripting m Reset custom settings Reset to Medium x Reset cme Java Permissions 1 From Internet Explorer click Tools I nternet Options and then the Security tab 2 Click the Custom Level button 3 Scroll down to Microsoft VM 4 Under Java permissions make sure that a safety level is selected P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix C Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 5 Click OK to close the window Figure 155 Security Settings Java Security Settings Settings Disable Enable E Font download Disable Enable p Prompt 5 Microsoft YM 5 Java permissions custom Qora Jay High safety O Low safety m Reset custom settings j Reset to Medium x Reset ces JAVA Sun 1 From Internet Explorer click Tools I nternet Options and then the Advanced tab 2 Make sure that Use Java 2 for lt applet gt under Java Sun is selected P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix C Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 3 Click OK to close the window Figure 156 Java Sun General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Settings O
46. Specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field when you select Connect on Demand The default setting is 0 which means the Internet session will not timeout Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings Advanced Setup Click this to display the Advanced WAN Setup screen and edit more details of your WAN setup 6 2 1 Advanced Internet Access Setup Use this screen to edit your ZyXEL Device s advanced WAN settings Click the Advanced Setup button in the Internet Access Setup screen The screen appears as shown Figure 30 Network gt WAN gt Internet Access Setup Advanced Setup RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction None v RIP Version Multicast None x ATM Qos ATM QoS Type uBR 7 Peak Cell Rate fo cell sec Sustain Cell Rate fo cell sec Maximum Burst Size fo cell MTU MTU 1492 Back Apply Cancel P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 17 Network gt WAN gt Internet Access Setup Advanced Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION RIP amp Multicast Setup This section is not available when you configure the ZyXEL Device to be in bridge mode RIP Direction RIP Routing Information Protocol allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers Use this field to control how much routing information the ZyXEL Device s
47. The IMSS Access SALUD SEGEN esccscsccsecitians sasonsdasedsaccarsiodoncciantesiant Nin AREE 73 6 2 1 Advanced Internet Access Setup scsi ccscsistescsevaerdh nevadina snaar a aNG 75 6 3 The More Connections Soron xcaccccsssccctsctccviagses saccudcssedecinndutake i iE iiai T7 Th Nn Comec one ED iseia act p Seasedeatcleheeutlir de tedkaats 78 6 3 2 Configuring More Connections Advanced Setup ccccccccesssseceeeesenteeeeessenaeeeeeseaaas 80 6 4 WAN Technical Referente go ccccccssccasnuevdanceeces uanaebieua ane teiactaisges newt sdasnndawaeetoaadaetecedadencients 81 CETE O scissile 81 eE AT e e E T P A A IET P E E E A T E 83 CeT UPAMO NGI aasin e A 83 12 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Table of Contents 4 4 IP Addes ASSISTING earann ieee lost pa NRE 83 oh eT I Connection PPPI oiiro aaniu i Sa hae Mudardennadarcasiedbabamiaads 84 CA NAT a aa a a gee cise adie aeepeneaas 84 GS mane Nap N e E Iai aliaas oh ademas 84 SS TAM Trane Gloss sananen a a lanedeceade aes eens 85 Chapter 7 LAN SetU iic a AaS A a t ace taci tans 87 Z OVEREN aona aana a a R sels EA E EAS a A 87 7 1 1 What You Can Do in the LAN Screens cccccccecceessesseaaeceeceeeeescesceessesaeaaeseeeeeeeeeees 87 7 1 2 What You Negd To Know About LAN siscccacccciscctccsccaisebtenssnividcceadannercidvoniritanchanntedcageens 88 74 2 BODO VOU BSW er aaa eae 89 T2 TELAN Wate clic dere rreme rererecert meneemerrrr aa 89 7 21 The Advanced LAN IP Setup Sree xc csisteesss dnsecten
48. Tutorials 3 Select Active MAC Filter and Deny Filter Action Enter the MAC address you found in the Client List screen Click Apply MAC Filter M Active MAC Filter Filter Action Allow Deny 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 aon A N Qa O O 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 O NUU W 00 00 00 00 00 0 00 29 00 00 00 00 00 00 30 00 00 00 00 00 00 31 00 00 00 00 00 00 32 00 00 00 00 00 00 Josephine will no longer be able to access the Internet through the ZyXEL Device 4 4 Configuring Static Route for Routing to Another Network In order to extend your Intranet and control traffic flowing directions you may connect a router to the ZyXEL Device s LAN The router may be used to separate two department networks This tutorial shows how to configure a static routing rule for two network routings In the following figure router R is connected to the ZyXEL Device s LAN R connects to two networks N1 192 168 1 x 24 and N2 192 168 10 x 24 If you want to send traffic from computer A in N1 network to computer B in N2 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorials network the traffic is sent to the ZyXEL Device s WAN default gateway by default In this case B will never receive the traffic You need to specify a static routing rule on the ZyXEL Device to specify R as the router in charge of forwardi
49. Types of EAP Authentication This section discusses some popular authentication types EAP MD5 EAP TLS EAP TTLS PEAP and LEAP Your wireless LAN device may not support all authentication types EAP Extensible Authentication Protocol is an authentication protocol that runs on top of the IEEE 802 1x transport mechanism in order to support multiple types of user authentication By using EAP to interact with an EAP compatible RADIUS server an access point helps a wireless station and a RADIUS server perform authentication The type of authentication you use depends on the RADIUS server and an intermediary AP s that supports IEEE 802 1x For EAP TLS authentication type you must first have a wired connection to the network and obtain the certificate s from a certificate authority CA A certificate also called digital IDs can be used to authenticate users and a CA issues certificates and guarantees the identity of each certificate owner EAP MD5 Message Digest Algorithm 5 MD5 authentication is the simplest one way authentication method The authentication server sends a challenge to the wireless client The wireless client proves that it knows the password by encrypting the password with the challenge and sends back the information Password is not sent in plain text P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs However MD5 authentication has some weaknesses Since the authentication server needs to get th
50. Use inline AutoComplete O Use Passive FTP for firewall and DSL modem compatibility Use smooth scrolling s HTTP 1 1 settings Use HTTP 1 1 O Use HTTP 1 1 through proxy connections amp Java A A Use Java 2 v1 41 _07 for epee eautes esai 2 1 4 1_0 for A Use Java 2 vi 41_07 fr lt appleb bequtes esar requires restart 5 Microso se Java ae enabled requires restart O Java logging enabled JIT compiler for virtual machine enabled requires restart Multimedia O Always show Internet Explorer 5 0 or later Radio toolbar O Don t display online media content in the media bar Enable Automatic Image Resizing Fa gt Restore Defaults Mozilla Firefox Mozilla Firefox 2 0 screens are used here Screens for other versions may vary You can enable Java Javascripts and pop ups in one screen Click Tools then click Options in the screen that appears Figure 157 Mozilla Firefox Tools gt Options ica Help Web Search Ctrl K Downloads Ctrl J Add ons Web Developer Error Console Adblock Plus Ctrl Shift A Page Info EireFTP Clear Private Data Ctrl Shift Del Tab Mix Plus Options Session Manager _ Options P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix C Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions Click Content to show the screen below Select the check boxes as shown in the following screen Figure 158 Mozilla Firefox Content Security ua ga oa wm ww
51. Wizard Setup O WIRELESS SETU D op s bee oke 3 Your ZyXEL device attempts to detect your DSL connection and your connection type 3a The following screen appears if a connection is not detected Check your hardware connections and click Restart the I NTERNET WI RELESS SETUP Wizard to return to the wizard welcome screen If you still cannot connect click Manually configure your Internet connection Follow the directions in the wizard and enter your Internet setup information as provided to you by your ISP See Section 5 2 1 on page 60 for more details If you would like to skip your Internet setup and configure the wireless LAN settings leave Yes selected and click Next Figure 11 Auto Detection No DSL Connection STEP 1 gt STEP 2 f Internet Configuration Your router has not established a DSL connection to your loc ISL light on the router will blink wh t 2 if Y Restart the Internet Wireless Setup Wizard Manually configure your Internet connection Continue to Wireless Setup wizard Yes Next gt Exit P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 5 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard 3b The following screen displays if a PPPoE or PPPoA connection is detected Enter your Internet account information username password and or service name exactly as provided by your ISP Then click Next and see Section 5 3 on page 66 for wireless connection wizard setup Figure 12 Auto Detection PPPoE STEPS STEP
52. ZyXEL Device uses long preamble Note The wireless devices MUST use the same preamble mode in order to communicate IEEE 802 119 Wireless LAN IEEE 802 11 is fully compatible with the IEEE 802 11b standard This means an IEEE 802 11b adapter can interface directly with an IEEE 802 119 access point and vice versa at 11 Mbps or lower depending on range IEEE 802 11g has P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs several intermediate rate steps between the maximum and minimum data rates The IEEE 802 11g data rate and modulation are as follows Table 110 IEEE 802 119 MBPS MODULATION 1 DBPSK Differential Binary Phase Shift Keyed 2 DQPSK Differential Quadrature Phase Shift Keying 5 5 11 CCK Complementary Code Keying 6 9 12 18 24 36 OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing 48 54 Wireless Security Overview Wireless security is vital to your network to protect wireless communication between wireless clients access points and the wired network Wireless security methods available on the ZyXEL Device are data encryption wireless client authentication restricting access by device MAC address and hiding the ZyXEL Device identity The following figure shows the relative effectiveness of these wireless security methods available on your ZyXEL Device Table 111 Wireless Security Levels SECURITY LEVEL SECURITY TYPE Least Unique SSID Default Secure Uniqu
53. a PIN a unique Personal Identification Number that allows one device to authenticate the other in each of the two devices When WPS is activated on a device it has two minutes to find another device that also has WPS activated Then the two devices connect and set up a secure network by themselves P 660HN T1H User s Guide 125 Chapter 8 Wireless LAN 8 8 8 1 8 8 8 2 Push Button Configuration WPS Push Button Configuration PBC is initiated by pressing a button on each WPS enabled device and allowing them to connect automatically You do not need to enter any information Not every WPS enabled device has a physical WPS button Some may have a WPS PBC button in their configuration utilities instead of or in addition to the physical button Take the following steps to set up WPS using the button Ensure that the two devices you want to set up are within wireless range of one another Look for a WPS button on each device If the device does not have one log into its configuration utility and locate the button see the device s User s Guide for how to do this for the ZyXEL Device see Section 8 5 on page 114 Press the button on one of the devices it doesn t matter which For the ZyXEL Device you must press the WPS button for more than three seconds Within two minutes press the button on the other device The registrar sends the network name SSID and security key through an secure connection to the en
54. aana 24 te The RESET BUNOM o oaiae Ea aAA aN 25 TOT Usro Me Ros EUNN saasina eiea a Eea aE EARB 25 Chapter 2 The Wep Clee UEP siisii aiia aanika 27 Z OOIE W seriei E a E E e tae Gadeseniancseedacaan 27 211 Accessing he Web Caniguraloi srmuniriaiias enina daa A N 27 2e mean oE eana eh cae dedeeeeaiaudaascomes 29 CEN MBAR air aE Ea 30 eeN a n PAE aa a suteie sie atin 30 eN AON a ocseateeaegenc batcidsanteamtascsuubelaseanebata imeanteusiaiacantewaicanetaratadeatewais 32 ee E a A a A 32 Chapter 3 Status Gy CUE eun A a e a a aa aai aaia 33 EE Be ST rf 1 oiir a aa 33 eee Te SANS Gre n an E E a EE a E EE RE E 33 P 660HN T1H User s Guide at Table of Contents Chapter 4 UNAS sanaa E ie dantus tai caueansawocinndiaaranscauenuavicianateacaunals 37 DNS PUG he list cies Sy a ni ia a cle go wal nh on sas Salle SUG E 37 4 2 Setting Up a Secure Wireless WSR scccsccctecedccatesseddacaeseedg cctamnetdne toneecdiewntantetcteranercasnans 37 4 2 1 Configuring the Wireless Network Settings c ccssccccsseeeeseneeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeeaes 38 Aee UEO ah lige re cere ener aire eee eee er rreeree S 39 PEA VRON FES vannin caer vias Sap a a ec ec ae aca eed A A 44 4 2 4 Setting Up Wireless Network Scheduling 0 cccecccccecsteeeeeesscneeeeeeessneeeeeesesteeeeeseees 44 4 3 Configuring the MAC Address Fiter xc caccedscckcasessced sonceccsavennses dachentianedddeumabedinedbumdicacconiendancent 45 4 4 Configuring Static Route for Routing
55. action for a packet not matching the rule Select Forward to forward traffic immediately and skip checking the remaining rules Select Next to check the next rule 1P MAC Filter Listing IP MAC Filter Set Index Select the index number of the filter set from the drop down list box Interface This is the interface that the filter set applies to Direction The filter set applies to this traffic direction This is the index number of the rule in a filter set Active This field shows whether the rule is activated Src Address Mask This is the source IP address and subnet mask when you select IP as the rule type This is the MAC address when you select MAC as the rule type Dest P Mask This is the destination IP address and subnet mask Src Port This is the source port number Dest Port This is the destination port number Protocol This is the upper layer protocol Unmatched When a packet doesn t match the rule this is the action the ZyXEL Device takes on the packet SAVE Click this to save your changes P 660HN T1H User s Guide 157 Chapter 11 Filters Table 52 Access Management gt Filter IP MAC continued LABEL DESCRIPTION DELETE Click this to remove the filter rule CANCEL Click this to restore your previously saved settings P 660HN T1H User s Guide Static Route 12 1 Overview The ZyXEL Device usually use
56. aie cs asd inn lal wah tina Gud wen wi Ge Ra ah en Gly titan ae uu Mess 113 Br AEs SPAN SAO eieae E sata rE 114 P 660HN T1H User s Guide 13 Table of Contents 26 The WDG SO panosiuconeonie EEUU RR IRTeeN ITE 115 Er TE PU AWE SO E retires css ia oea aE Aaa RAES 117 8 8 Wireless LAN Technical Referente c cccsccisccccesscnscesscssetssacsuncncnensestsenenietinendartuaniancetinnncnnts 118 8 8 1 Wireless Network Overview assis icecistacsvceias saviccees cassaeriaaoeiceand anaa 118 B82 Addmonal Wireless PAWNS saconwecnseyscinadedsectedddeccssiaxxnnetssaiianenathaccaaioeanairaniaamneets 120 Eom Wireless Security TOVGIVIEN acioni aaae a a a EAE eari 120 ee CORN ae E A E A A AN E E E E ETE 123 as rs die hao E N ree E N A E E E T E ten cre rrr 123 Be POM ihe E A A E E E E T aap EEE E E A TT 124 8 8 7 Wireless Distribution System WDS ceecceeeseeeenceeeeseeeeeeacesnaeeseeaaeeeneeeseeaaeeenenees 125 8 0 8 WIF Protected Seun WPG irisi r aaateartsauetone yess 125 Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT c s esseeseeesneesseesneeseesseenneeseeesneesneesneesnenseneneeeneneees 133 SE UL Ree eee Or meone tint ek Met canr en er omen eter ae teeiar hee eror mete nen ert amr ee enon ne eter ay 133 9 1 1 Whar You Can Do in the NAT Screens a ssccczsescvcvcdssentcnaideaess aadaxsietsectacieieocieadeactorsas 133 9 1 2 What You Need To Know About NAT sssrsnsorisninnsmninionnisnsni 133 G2 The WAT General Setup SCKGOI isiin aaan asa AAAA
57. an outside network It is used by the ZyXEL Device to communicate with other devices in other networks It can be static fixed or dynamically assigned by the ISP each time the ZyXEL Device tries to access the Internet If your ISP assigns you a static WAN IP address they should also assign you the subnet mask and DNS server IP address es and a gateway IP address if you use the Ethernet or ENET ENCAP encapsulation method Multicast Traditionally IP packets are transmitted in one of either two ways Unicast 1 sender 1 recipient or Broadcast 1 sender everybody on the network Multicast delivers IP packets to a group of hosts on the network not everybody and not just one IGMP IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a Multicast group it is not used to carry user data There are three versions of IGMP IGMP version 2 and 3 are improvements over version 1 but IGMP version 1 is still in wide use Finding Out More See Section 6 4 on page 81 for technical background information on WAN 6 1 3 Before You Begin You need to know your Internet access settings such as encapsulation and WAN IP address Get this information from your ISP P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup 6 2 The Internet Access Setup Screen Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s WAN settings Click Network gt WAN gt Internet Access Setup The screen differs by
58. are allowed or denied Address access to the ZyXEL Device in these address fields Enter the MAC addresses in a valid MAC address format that is six hexadecimal character pairs for example 12 34 56 78 9a bc P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN Table 32 Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP MAC Address Filter LABEL DESCRIPTION Back Click this to return to the previous screen without saving Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings 8 3 The More AP Screen This screen allows you to enable and configure multiple Basic Service Sets BSSs on the ZyXEL Device Click Network gt Wireless LAN gt More AP The following screen displays Figure 49 Network gt Wireless LAN gt More AP Hore AP AP More AP Setup RT3390_2 No Security 2 VV RT3330_3 No Security 3 iF RT3390_4 No Security Cancel se sso O OOOO o o Security O O OOOO O Modify 1 Vv The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 33 Network gt Wireless LAN gt More AP LABEL DESCRIPTION Active This is the index number of each SSID profile This field indicates whether this SSID is active SSID An SSID profile is the set of parameters relating to one of the ZyXEL Device s BSSs The SSID Service Set Dentifier identifies the Service Set with which a wireless device is associat
59. asasida oae aE 173 143 GOS Technical RefereNGa xc sont etenixvsissendesdseden dessa sanniesd aA AAE 174 T4 o EEE S02 AG nenin ee ee ee 174 Whe Pe O ioeina EE aai 175 14 3 3 Automatic Priority Queue Assignment sssssssssesseessenesinrssessinesnessrenssrnssrenssennsens 175 Chapter 15 Dynami DNS Setup saissicisaincsnscctsdivesasceiaadsicadiccsadscsiabemiscinisadiensssisadisniaianidsdbianieassiadiianmasadaians 177 Tari ONENA ornina a E A 77 151 1 What You Can Do in the DDNS Screen siirircnarasnirmiieniaan 177 15 1 2 What You Need To Know About DDNS uu cece cece ee eeecescs see eeceseuseaueeeeeeesseanees 177 1S 2 The Dyami DNS DOGGI sisirin aaea aaO ENEA 178 Chapter 16 Memole Management ioina eana oar ariane i enaa aa NEAR a OEE RE 179 TOi OVO N ria a E i 179 16 1 1 What You Can Do in the Remote Management Screens seceeeceeeeeteeeeeeees 180 P 660HN T1H User s Guide 15 Table of Contents 16 1 2 What You Need to Know About Remote Management ccceesseeeeeeeeeetreeeeeees 180 16 2 The WWW Screen occ cccccciiscacienwstesscninaansnuun bicaqueusia tac Wanuhndnoainiun bata ieann saannaien bdlbmiieacnsincens 181 16 2 1 Conigu ring the WWW Oregi sessectecccrcatts cecsateeteaniveindd raea aa antic eiaaen 181 e STINT SOBRE aa A a ete a 182 UG ee a sonna a aa 183 T TME SNMP GOOG i ccicicses sce cadcescutcs kacadarmetadeduacetasataguber Ea EE A NEE 184 Oare onana S NBE osaisia aai Ei aa kaakaa 185 16 6 T
60. before servicing or disassembling e Use ONLY an appropriate power adaptor or cord for your device e Connect the power adaptor or cord to the right supply voltage for example 110V AC in North America or 230V AC in Europe Do NOT allow anything to rest on the power adaptor or cord and do NOT place the product where anyone can walk on the power adaptor or cord Do NOT use the device if the power adaptor or cord is damaged as it might cause electrocution e If the power adaptor or cord is damaged remove it from the device and the power source e Do NOT attempt to repair the power adaptor or cord Contact your local vendor to order a new one e Do not use the device outside and make sure all the connections are indoors There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning e Do NOT obstruct the device ventilation slots as insufficient airflow may harm your device e Use only No 26 AWG American Wire Gauge or larger telecommunication line cord e Antenna Warning This device meets ETSI and FCC certification requirements when using the included antenna s Only use the included antenna s Your product is marked with this symbol which is known as the WEEE mark WEEE stands for Waste Electronics and Electrical Equipment It means that used electrical ps and electronic products should not be mixed with general waste Used electrical and electronic equipment should be treated separately P 660HN T1H User s Guide Safety
61. checkbox A shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a component click Details Components O a Management and Monitoring Tools ing 0 3 MB a Other Network File and Print Services Description Contains a variety of specialized network telated services and protocols Total disk space required 0 0 MB detais _ Space available on disk 260 9 MB Detais P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 17 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 5 Inthe Networking Services window select the Universal Plug and Play check box Networking Services To add or remove a component click the check box shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a componert click Details Subcomponents of Networking Services l C ERIP Listener 0 0 MB a A Simple TCP IP Services 0 0 MB mi Universal Plug and Play Description Allows your computer to discover and control Universal Plug and Play devices Total disk space required 0 0 MB Space available on disk 260 8 MB 6 Click OK to go back to the Windows Optional Networking Component Wizard window and click Next 17 4 Using UPnP in Windows XP Example This section shows you how to use the UPnP feature in Windows XP You must already have UPnP installed in Windows XP and UPnP activated on the ZyXEL Device Make sure the computer is connected to a LAN port
62. configurator 1 Click Start and then Control Panel 2 Double click Network Connections P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 17 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 3 Select My Network Places under Other Places Network Connections File Edit View Favorites Tools Advanced Help Q Back ws P Search ey Folders Gz amp Network Connections Network Tasks Internet Connection E Create a new connection Disabled Set up a home or small C W Internet Connection office network LAN or High Speed Internet See Also Local Area Connection lt i Network Troubleshooter Enabled ee i ee A Accton EN1207D TX PCI Fast Other Places Mb Control Panel My Network Places 1A My Documents My Computer Details Network Connections System Folder Network Connections 4 An icon with the description for each UPnP enabled device displays under Local Network P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 17 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 5 Right click on the icon for your ZyXEL Device and select Invoke The web configurator login screen displays T My Network Places File i Bact wi pe Search Key Folders Ei a My Network Places Edit view Favorites Tools Help Address Local Network Network Tasks ZYXEL Prestige 650R 31 Internet Sharing Gateway Invoke lef Add a network place View network connections Set up a home or small office
63. default policy and was lt Packet Direction gt lt type d gt blocked or forwarded according to the user s lt code d gt setting Firewall rule NOT match ICMP ICMP access matched or didn t match a firewall rule denoted by its number and was blocked or forwarded according to the rule Triangle route packet forwarded ICMP The firewall allowed a triangle route session to pass through Packet without a NAT table entry blocked ICMP The router blocked a packet that didn t have a corresponding NAT table entry Unsupported out of order ICMP The firewall does not support this kind of ICMP ICMP packets or the ICMP packets are out of order Router reply ICMP packet ICMP The router sent an ICMP reply packet to the sender Table 80 CDR Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION board d line Sd channel d call td s C01 Outgoing Call dev x ch x s The router received the setup requirements for a call call is the reference count number of the call dev is the device type 3 is for dial up 6 is for PPPoE 10 is for PPTP channel or ch is the call channel ID For example board 0 line 0 channel 0 call 3 C01 Outgoing Call dev 6 ch 0 Means the router has dialed to the PPPoE server 3 times board d line Sd channel sd call d s C02 OutCall Connected d s The PPPoE PPTP or dial up call is connected board d line Sd channel sd call d
64. e Port s This value depends on the Protocol e If the Protocol is TCP UDP or TCP UDP this is the IP port number If the Protocol is USER this is the IP protocol number e Description This is a brief explanation of the applications that use this service or the situations in which this service is used P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix E Services Table 114 Examples of Services NAME PROTOCOL PORT S DESCRIPTION AH User Defined 51 The IPSEC AH Authentication Header IPSEC_TUNNEL tunneling protocol uses this service AIM TCP 5190 AOL s Internet Messenger service AUTH TCP 113 Authentication protocol used by some servers BGP TCP 179 Border Gateway Protocol BOOTP_ CLIENT UDP 68 DHCP Client BOOTP_SERVER UDP 67 DHCP Server CU SEEME TCP UDP 7648 A popular videoconferencing solution from White Pines Software TCP UDP 24032 DNS TCP UDP 53 Domain Name Server a service that matches web names for instance www zyxel com to IP numbers ESP User Defined 50 The IPSEC ESP Encapsulation IPSEC_TUNNEL Security Protocol tunneling protocol uses this service FINGER TCP 79 Finger is a UNIX or Internet related command that can be used to find out if a user is logged on FTP TCP 20 File Transfer Protocol a program to enable fast transfer of files including TCP 21 large files that may not be possible by e mail H 323 TCP 1720 NetMeeting us
65. ee ee P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorials PIN Configuration When you use the PIN configuration method you need to use both the ZyXEL Device s web configurator and the wireless client s utility Launch your wireless client s configuration utility Go to the WPS settings and select the PIN method to get a PIN number Enter the PIN number in the PIN field in the Network gt Wireless LAN gt WPS Station screen on the ZyXEL Device Add Station by WPS Click the below Push Button to add WPS stations to wireless network Push Button q Note 1 The Push Button Configuration requires pressing a button on both the station and AP within 120 seconds 2 You may find the PIN number in the station s utility Click the Start buttons or the button next to the PIN field on both the wireless client utility screen and the ZyXEL Device s WPS Station screen within two minutes The ZyXEL Device authenticates the wireless client and sends the proper configuration settings to the wireless client This may take up to two minutes The wireless client is then able to communicate with the ZyXEL Device securely P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorials The following figure shows you how to set up a wireless network and its security on a ZyXEL Device and a wireless client by using PIN method ZyXEL Device Add Station by WPS Click the below Push Button to add WPS
66. for indirect or consequential damages of any kind to the purchaser To obtain the services of this warranty contact ZyXEL s Service Center for your Return Material Authorization number RMA Products must be returned Postage Prepaid It is recommended that the unit be insured when shipped Any returned products without proof of purchase or those with an out dated warranty will be repaired or replaced at the discretion of ZyXEL and the customer will be billed for parts and labor All repaired or replaced products will be shipped by ZyXEL to the corresponding return address Postage Paid This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights that vary from country to country Registration Register your product online to receive e mail notices of firmware upgrades and information at www zyxel com for global products or at www us zyxel com for North American products 312 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Index Numerics 802 1p 173 174 802 1Q 1P 163 activation 164 group settings 166 port settings 167 priority 163 PVC 164 PVID 168 tagging frames 164 167 A activation 802 1Q 1P 164 CWMP 202 dynamic DNS 178 DYNDNS wildcard 178 firewalls 151 MAC address filter 110 NAT 135 port forwarding 139 QoS 171 172 SIP ALG 143 SPI 151 SSID 111 UPnP 191 wireless LAN 104 scheduling 117 WPS 113 address mapping 140 rules 142 types 141 142 146 administrator password 28 206 alerts 209
67. four subnets you need to borrow two host ID bits to give four possible combinations 00 01 10 and 11 The subnet mask is 26 bits 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 or 255 255 255 192 Each subnet contains 6 host ID bits giving 2 2 or 62 hosts for each subnet a host ID of all zeroes is the subnet itself all ones is the subnet s broadcast address Table 103 Subnet 1 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER LAST OCTET BIT VALUE IP Address Decimal 192 168 1 0 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 00000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 0 Broadcast Address Highest Host ID 192 168 1 62 192 168 1 63 Table 104 Subnet 2 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER LAST OCTET BIT VALUE IP Address 192 168 1 64 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 01000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 65 192 168 1 64 Broadcast Address Highest Host ID 192 168 1 126 192 168 1 127 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix B IP Addresses and Subnetting Table 105 Subnet 3 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER LAST OCTET BIT VALUE IP Address 192 168 1 128 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 10000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 1
68. gt 802 1Q 1P gt Group Setting Group Setting 802 10 1P Active Summary 10 11 12 LAN2 Apply Cancel LANS SSID1 SSID3 PYC1 PVC3 Pycs PYC7 y LAN4 SSID2 SSID4 PYC2 PVC4 PVC6 PVC8 ee ee ee ee E i A a g a g i x Wt g T g a g w g a g w g a g wf 7 wf The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 55 Advanced gt 802 1Q 1P gt Group Setting LABEL DESCRIPTION 802 1Q 1P Active Select this check box to activate the 802 1P 1Q feature Summary This field displays the index number of the VLAN group Active This field displays whether 802 1P 1Q is active for the VLAN group VID This field displays the ID number of the VLAN group Port Number These columns display the VLAN s settings for each port A tagged port is marked as T an untagged port is marked as U and ports not participating in a VLAN are marked as Modify Click the Edit button to configure the the ports in the VLAN group Click the Remove button to delete the VLAN group Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 13 802 1Q 1P 13 2 1 Editing 802 1Q 1P Group Setting Use this screen to configure the settings for each VLAN group In the 802 1Q 1P screen click the Edit button from the Modify filed to display the following screen Figure 81 Advanced gt 80
69. gt CWMP to display the following screen Figure 97 Advanced gt CWMP CWMP Setup CWMP Login ACS URL User Name Password Path Connection Request Port l UserName Password Periodic Inform Periodic Inform Activated Deactivated Interval s Activated Deactivated Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 70 Advanced gt CWMP LINK DESCRIPTION CWMP Setup CWMP Select Activated to allow the ZyXEL Device to be managed by a management server or select Deactivated to not allow the ZyXEL Device to be managed by a management server Login ACS Configure this part of the screen to log into the management server URL Type the IP address or domain name of the management server If the ZyXEL Device is behind a NAT router that assigns it a private IP address you will have to configure a NAT port forwarding rule on the NAT router User Name The user name is used to authenticate the ZyXEL Device when making a connection to the management server This user name on the management server and the ZyXEL Device must be the same Type a user name of up to 255 printable characters found on an English language keyboard Spaces and characters such as amp _ are allowed P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 18 CWMP Table 70 Advanced gt CWMP continued LINK DESCRIPTION Password The password is used t
70. it still has to have the correct information SSID channel and security If a device is not allowed to use the wireless network it does not matter if it has the correct information This type of security does not protect the information that is sent in the wireless network Furthermore there are ways for unauthorized wireless devices to get the MAC address of an authorized device Then they can use that MAC address to use the wireless network 8 8 3 3 User Authentication Authentication is the process of verifying whether a wireless device is allowed to use the wireless network You can make every user log in to the wireless network before using it However every device in the wireless network has to support EEE 802 1x to do this For wireless networks you can store the user names and passwords for each user in a RADIUS server This is a server used in businesses more than in homes If you do not have a RADIUS server you cannot set up user names and passwords for your users Unauthorized wireless devices can still see the information that is sent in the wireless network even if they cannot use the wireless network Furthermore there are ways for unauthorized wireless users to get a valid user name and password Then they can use that user name and password to use the wireless network 8 8 3 4 Encryption Wireless networks can use encryption to protect the information that is sent in the wireless network Encryption is like a s
71. local IP addresses to one global IP address This is equivalent to SUA i e PAT port address translation ZyXEL s Single User Account feature that previous ZyXEL routers supported only M M Ov Overload Many to Many Overload mode maps multiple local IP addresses to shared global IP addresses MM No No Overload Many to Many No Overload mode maps each local IP address to unique global IP addresses Server This type allows you to specify inside servers of different services behind the NAT to be accessible to the outside world Modify Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the address mapping rule Click the delete icon to delete an existing address mapping rule Note that subsequent address mapping rules move up by one when you take this action P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT 9 4 1 The Address Mapping Rule Edit Screen Use this screen to edit an address mapping rule Click the rule s edit icon in the Address Mapping screen to display the screen shown next Figure 68 Network gt NAT gt Address Mapping Edit Edit Address Mapping Rulel Type One to One x Local Start IP 0 0 0 0 Local End IP N A Global Start IP 0 0 0 0 Global End IP N A Server Mapping Set PYCO_Edit Details Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 45 Network gt NAT gt Address Mapping Edit LABEL DESCRIPTI
72. network Ee view workgroup computers Create Shortcut Rename Properties Other Places 6 Right click on the icon for your ZyXEL Device and select Properties A properties window displays with basic information about the ZyXEL Device ZyXEL Internet Sharing Gateway General m ZEL Internet Sharing Gateway Manufacturer ZyXEL Model Name ZyXEL Internet Sharing Gateway Model Number Description ZyXEL Internet Sharing Gateway Device Address http 192 168 1 1 Close Cance P 660HN T1H User s Guide CWMP 18 1 Overview The ZyXEL Device supports TR 069 Amendment 1 CPE WAN Management Protocol Release 2 0 and TR 069 Amendment 2 CPE WAN Management Protocol v1 1 Release 3 0 TR 069 is a protocol that defines how your ZyXEL Device ZD can be managed via a management server MS such as ZyXEL s Vantage Access Figure 96 LAN and WAN INTERNEJ An administrator can use a management server to remotely set up the ZyXEL device modify settings perform firmware upgrades as well as monitor and diagnose the ZyXEL device In order to use CWMP you need to configure the following steps Activate CWMP 2 Specify the URL username and password 3 Activate periodic inform and specify an interval value P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 18 CWMP 18 2 The CWMP Setup Screen Use this screen to configure your ZyXEL Device to be managed by a management server Click Advanced
73. of the ZyXEL Device Turn on your computer and the ZyXEL Device Auto discover Your UPnP enabled Network Device 1 Click Start and Control Panel Double click Network Connections An icon displays under Internet Gateway P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 17 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 2 Right click the icon and select Properties Network Connections File Edit View Favorites Tools Advanced Help Ha i Pi P Search Folders Fit e Network Connections m Internet Gateway Internet Connection nabled Internet Connection Network Tasks Create a new connection Set up a home or small office network Disable this network device Disable LANorH Status i Create Shortcut m Rename this connection view status of this connection Change settings of this connection ss e Rename Properties 3 Inthe Internet Connection Properties window click Settings to see the port mappings there were automatically created Internet Connection Properties Connect to the Internet using J Intenet Connection This connection allows you to connect to the Internet through a shared connection on another computer Show icon in notification area when connected P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 17 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 4 You may edit or delete the port mappings or click Add to manually add port mappings
74. or disable the URL filter URL Index Select the index number of the filter URL Enter the URL for the ZyXEL Device to block URL Filter Listing Index This is the index number of the filter rule URL This is the URL you have configured the ZyXEL Device to block Apply Click this to save your changes Delete Click this to remove the filter rule Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 11 Filters 11 3 The Application Filter Screen Use this screen to allow or deny traffic for certain types of applications The application filter provides a convenient way to manage the use of various applications on the network Click Security gt Filter gt Application Filter The screen appears as shown Figure 74 Security gt Filter gt Application Filter Application Filter Application Filter Editing Application Filter ICQ MSN YMSG Real Audio Video C Activated Deactivated Allow Allow Allow Allow C Deny Deny Deny Deny Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 51 Access Management gt Filter Application LABEL DESCRIPTION Application Filter Editing Application Filter Use this field to enable or disable the application filter ICQ Use this field to allow or deny ICQ traffic MSN Use this field to allow or deny MSN traffic YMS
75. pair is more practical The following table is a comparison of the features of authentication types Table 112 Comparison of EAP Authentication Types EAP MD5 EAP TLS EAP TTLS PEAP LEAP Mutual Authentication No Yes Yes Yes Yes Certificate Client No Yes Optional Optional No Certificate Server No Yes Yes Yes No Dynamic Key Exchange No Yes Yes Yes Yes Credential Integrity None Strong Strong Strong Moderate Deployment Difficulty Easy Hard Moderate Moderate Moderate Client Identity No No Yes Yes No Protection WPA and WPA2 Wi Fi Protected Access WPA is a subset of the IEEE 802 11i standard WPA2 IEEE 802 11i is a wireless security standard that defines stronger encryption authentication and key management than WPA Key differences between WPA or WPA2 and WEP are improved data encryption and user authentication If both an AP and the wireless clients support WPA2 and you have an external RADIUS server use WPA2 for stronger data encryption If you don t have an external RADIUS server you should use WPA2 PSK WPA2 Pre Shared Key that only requires a single identical password entered into each access point wireless gateway and wireless client As long as the passwords match a wireless client will be granted access to a WLAN P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs If the AP or the wireless clients do not support WPA2 just use WPA or WPA PSK dep
76. port and so the IP Address and Gateway IP Address fields are not applicable N A as the DHCP server assigns them to the ZyXEL Device 6 4 5 Nailed Up Connection PPP A nailed up connection is a dial up line where the connection is always up regardless of traffic demand The ZyXEL Device does two things when you specify a nailed up connection The first is that idle timeout is disabled The second is that the ZyXEL Device will try to bring up the connection when turned on and whenever the connection is down A nailed up connection can be very expensive for obvious reasons Do not specify a nailed up connection unless your telephone company offers flat rate service or you need a constant connection and the cost is of no concern 6 4 6 NAT NAT Network Address Translation NAT RFC 1631 is the translation of the IP address of a host in a packet for example the source address of an outgoing packet used within one network to a different IP address known within another network 6 5 Traffic Shaping Traffic Shaping is an agreement between the carrier and the subscriber to regulate the average rate and fluctuations of data transmission over an ATM network This agreement helps eliminate congestion which is important for transmission of real time data such as audio and video connections Peak Cell Rate PCR is the maximum rate at which the sender can send cells This parameter may be lower but not higher than the maximum line speed 1
77. spectrum there are certain frequency bands allocated for unlicensed civilian use For the purposes of wireless networking these bands are divided into numerous channels This allows a variety of networks to exist in the same place without interfering with one another When you create a network you must select a channel to use Since the available unlicensed spectrum varies from one country to another the number of available channels also varies P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN 8 8 2 Additional Wireless Terms The following table describes some wireless network terms and acronyms used in the ZyXEL Device s Web Configurator Table 39 Additional Wireless Terms TERM DESCRIPTION RTS CTS Threshold In a wireless network which covers a large area wireless devices are sometimes not aware of each other s presence This may cause them to send information to the AP at the same time and result in information colliding and not getting through By setting this value lower than the default value the wireless devices must sometimes get permission to send information to the ZyXEL Device The lower the value the more often the devices must get permission If this value is greater than the fragmentation threshold value see below then wireless devices never have to get permission to send information to the ZyXEL Device Preamble A preamble affects the timing in your wireless network There are two pre
78. subnet mask of your ZyXEL Device Click Network gt LAN to open the IP screen Follow these steps to configure your LAN settings 1 Enter an IP address into the IP Address field The IP address must be in dotted decimal notation This will become the IP address of your ZyXEL Device 2 Enter the IP subnet mask into the IP Subnet Mask field Unless instructed otherwise it is best to leave this alone the configurator will automatically compute a subnet mask based upon the IP address you entered 3 Click Apply to save your settings Figure 35 Network gt LAN gt IP LAN TCP IP IP Address 192 168 1 1 IP Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Apply Cancel Advanced Setup P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Setup The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 21 Network gt LAN gt IP LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Address Enter the LAN IP address you want to assign to your ZyXEL Device in dotted decimal notation for example 192 168 1 1 factory default IP Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask of your network in dotted decimal notation for example 255 255 255 0 factory default Your ZyXEL Device automatically computes the subnet mask based on the IP Address you enter so do not change this field unless you are instructed to do so Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings Advanced Setup Click
79. the LEDs does not behave as expected 1 Make sure you understand the normal behavior of the LED See Section 1 5 on page 24 P 660HN T1H User s Guide 231 Chapter 23 Troubleshooting 2 Check the hardware connections 3 Inspect your cables for damage Contact the vendor to replace any damaged cables 4 Turn the ZyXEL Device off and on 5 Ifthe problem continues contact the vendor 23 2 ZyXEL Device Access and Login forgot the IP address for the ZyXEL Device 1 The default IP address is 192 168 1 1 2 Ifyou changed the IP address and have forgotten it you might get the IP address of the ZyXEL Device by looking up the IP address of the default gateway for your computer To do this in most Windows computers click Start gt Run enter cmd and then enter ipconfig The IP address of the Default Gateway might be the IP address of the ZyXEL Device it depends on the network so enter this IP address in your Internet browser 3 If this does not work you have to reset the device to its factory defaults See Section 1 6 on page 25 forgot the password 1 The default admin password is 1234 2 If this does not work you have to reset the device to its factory defaults See Section 1 6 on page 25 cannot see or access the Login screen in the web configurator 1 Make sure you are using the correct IP address e The default IP address is 192 168 1 1 232 P 660HN T1H User s Guid
80. then click OK to open the IP Configuration window Select your network adapter You should see your computer s IP address subnet mask and default gateway P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Windows 2000 NT XP The following example figures use the default Windows XP GUI theme 1 Click start Start in Windows 2000 NT Settings Control Panel Figure 117 Windows XP Start Menu Internet Explorer 7 My Documents i Outlook Express W Paint Files and Settings Transfer W BJ Command Prompt 2 My Music Acrobat Reader 4 0 Ws My Computer Tour Windows xP Windows Movie Maker B control Panel 5 My Recent Documents gt 6 My Pictures ba Printers and Help and Support Search All Programs gt Run 4 untitled Paint 2 Inthe Control Panel double click Network Connections Network and Dial up Connections in Windows 2000 NT Figure 118 Windows XP Control Panel E Control Panel Edit View Favorites Tools Help File Q Ba X P Search E Folders Ez c Address Control Panel Add Hardware Connections Fonts Game Controllers Vg Control Panel R B Switch to Category view Windows Update Network P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 3 Right click Local Area Connection and then click Properties Figure 119 Windows XP Control Panel Network
81. this to display the Advanced LAN Setup screen and edit more details of your LAN setup 7 2 1 The Advanced LAN IP Setup Screen Use this screen to edit your ZyXEL Device s RIP multicast and Windows Networking settings Click the Advanced Setup button in the LAN IP screen The screen appears as shown Figure 36 Network gt LAN gt IP Advanced Setup RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction RIP Version Multicast None x ul None v Back Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 22 Network gt LAN gt IP Advanced Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION RIP amp Multicast Setup RIP Direction Select the RIP direction from None Both In Only and Out Only RIP Version Select the RIP version from RIP 1 RI P 2B and RIP 2M Multicast IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a multicast group The ZyXEL Device supports I GMP v1 I GMP v2 and I GMP v3 Select None to disable it Back Click this to return to the previous screen without saving Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Setup 7 3 The DHCP Setup Screen Use this screen to configure the DNS server information that the ZyXEL Device sends to the DHCP client devices on the LAN Click Network gt DHCP Setup to open this scr
82. two enrollees and one registrar you must set up the first enrollee by pressing the WPS button on the registrar and the first enrollee for example then check that it successfully enrolled then set up the second device in the same way WPS works only with other WPS enabled devices However you can still add non WPS devices to a network you already set up using WPS WPS works by automatically issuing a randomly generated WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK pre shared key from the registrar device to the enrollee devices Whether the network uses WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK depends on the device You can check the configuration interface of the registrar device to discover the key the network is using if the device supports this feature Then you can enter the key into the non WPS device and join the network as normal the non WPS device must also support WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK P 660HN T1H User s Guide 131 Chapter 8 Wireless LAN e When you use the PBC method there is a short period from the moment you press the button on one device to the moment you press the button on the other device when any WPS enabled device could join the network This is because the registrar has no way of identifying the correct enrollee and cannot differentiate between your enrollee and a rogue device This is a possible way for a hacker to gain access to a network You can easily check to see if this has happened WPS works between only two devices simultaneousl
83. while the last number identifies an individual computer on that network Once you have decided on the network number pick an IP address that is easy to remember for instance 192 168 1 1 for your ZyXEL Device but make sure that no other device on your network is using that IP address The subnet mask specifies the network number portion of an IP address Your ZyXEL Device will compute the subnet mask automatically based on the IP P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Setup address that you entered You don t need to change the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device unless you are instructed to do otherwise Private IP Addresses Every machine on the Internet must have a unique address If your networks are isolated from the Internet for example only between your two branch offices you can assign any IP addresses to the hosts without problems However the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority IANA has reserved the following three blocks of IP addresses specifically for private networks e 10 0 0 0 10 255 255 255 e 172 16 0 0 172 31 255 255 e 192 168 0 0 192 168 255 255 You can obtain your IP address from the IANA from an ISP or it can be assigned from a private network If you belong to a small organization and your Internet access is through an ISP the ISP can provide you with the Internet addresses for your local networks On the other hand if you are part of a much larger organization you should cons
84. you out if you have forgotten your password Apply Cancel P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 19 System Settings The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 71 Maintenance gt System gt General LABEL DESCRIPTION Password Admin Password Old Type the default password or the existing password you use to access the Password system in this field New Type your new system password up to 30 characters Note that as you Password type a password the screen displays a for each character you type After you change the password use the new password to access the ZyXEL Device Retype to Type the new password again for confirmation confirm Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings 19 3 The Time and Date Screen Use this screen to configure the ZyXEL Device s time based on your local time zone To change your ZyXEL Device s time and date click Maintenance gt System gt Time and Date The screen appears as shown Figure 99 Maintenance gt System gt Time and Date Genreal Time and Date Current Time and Date Current Time Current Date Time and Date Setup Manual New Time hh mm ss New Date yyyy mm dd Get from Time Server Time Server Address Time Zone Setup Time Zone I Daylight Savings Start Date End Date 01 19 50 2000 01 01 x4 Last Su
85. 0 limitations 131 PIN 114 115 126 push button 23 115 126 status 114 wireless security 294 Wireless tutorial 39 wizard 57 configuration 60 wireless LAN 66 WLAN interference 291 security parameters 302 WPA 107 123 298 authentication 108 key caching 300 pre authentication 300 reauthentication 107 user authentication 300 vs WPA PSK 299 wireless client supplicant 300 with RADIUS application example 300 WPA2 298 user authentication 300 vs WPA2 PSK 299 wireless client supplicant 300 with RADIUS application example 300 WPA2 Pre Shared Key 298 WPA2 PSK 298 299 application example 301 WPA PSK 106 123 299 application example 301 pre shared key 106 WPS 113 125 128 activation 113 adding stations 115 example 130 limitations 131 PIN 114 115 126 example 128 push button 23 115 126 status 114 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Index P 660HN T1H User s Guide Index P 660HN T1H User s Guide 321 Index 322 P 660HN T1H User s Guide
86. 1 The following table is a summary for subnet planning on a network with a 16 bit network number Table 109 16 bit Network Number Subnet Planning NO PORROWED SUBNET MASK NO SUBNETS NO HOSTS PER 1 255 255 128 0 17 32766 2 255 255 192 0 18 16382 3 255 255 224 0 19 8190 4 255 255 240 0 20 16 4094 5 255 255 248 0 21 32 2046 6 255 255 252 0 22 64 1022 7 255 255 254 0 23 128 510 8 255 255 255 0 24 256 254 9 255 255 255 128 25 512 126 10 255 255 255 192 26 1024 62 11 255 255 255 224 27 2048 30 12 255 255 255 240 28 4096 14 13 255 255 255 248 29 8192 6 14 255 255 255 252 30 16384 2 15 255 255 255 254 31 32768 1 Configuring IP Addresses Where you obtain your network number depends on your particular situation If the ISP or your network administrator assigns you a block of registered IP 276 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix B IP Addresses and Subnetting addresses follow their instructions in selecting the IP addresses and the subnet mask If the ISP did not explicitly give you an IP network number then most likely you have a single user account and the ISP will assign you a dynamic IP address when the connection is established If this is the case it is recommended that you select a network number from 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 0 The Internet Assigned Number Authority IA
87. 2 1Q 1P gt Group Setting gt Edit Active Vv VLAN ID ey Ports control tx tag LAN1 Fixed Forbidden T Tx Tagging LAN2 Fixed C Forbidden I Tx Tagging LAN3 Fixed Forbidden I Tx Tagging LAN4 Fixed C Forbidden I Tx Tagging SSID1 Fixed Forbidden I Tx Tagging SSID2 Fixed C Forbidden IE Tx Tagging SSID3 Fixed C Forbidden IF Tx Tagging SSID4 Fixed Forbidden IF Tx Tagging PVC1 Fixed C Forbidden I Tx Tagging Pvc2 Fixed C Forbidden I Tx Tagging PVC3 Fixed C Forbidden I Tx Tagging PVC4 Fixed C Forbidden I Tx Tagging PVCs Fixed C Forbidden I Tx Tagging PVC6 Fixed C Forbidden I Tx Tagging PVC7 Fixed Forbidden I Tx Tagging Pvcs Fixed C Forbidden I Tx Tagging _Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 56 Advanced gt 802 1Q 1P gt Group Setting gt Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select this check box to activate the group setting VLAN ID Assign a VLAN ID for the VLAN group The valid VID range is between 1 and 4094 Default Gateway Select the default gateway for the VLAN group Ports This field displays the types of ports available to join the VLAN group Control Select Fixed for the port to be a permanent member of the VLAN group Select Forbidden if you want to prohibit the port from joining the VLAN group P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 13 802 1Q 1P Ta
88. 2 Diagnostic The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 92 Maintenance gt Diagnostic gt General LABEL DESCRIPTION TCP IP Type the IP address of a computer that you want to ping in order to test a Address connection Ping Click this to ping the IP address that you entered 22 3 The DSL Line Screen Use this screen to view the DSL line statistics and reset the ADSL line Click Maintenance gt Diagnostic gt DSL Line to open the screen shown next Figure 113 Maintenance gt Diagnostic gt DSL Line DSL Line inPkts outPkts inF4Pkts inF5Pkts po ia SAR Driver Counters Display Ox00000000 inDiscards Ox00000000 outDiscards 0x00000000 outF4Pkts Ox00000000 outFS5Pkts Ox00000001 closeChan 0 rxRate Bps nN S a a a E ATM Status ATM Loopback Test Capture All Logs 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 ox00000000 0x00000000 ia DSL Line Status Reset ADSL Line a P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 22 Diagnostic The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 93 Maintenance gt Diagnostic gt DSL Line LABEL DESCRIPTION ATM Status Click this to view your DSL connection s Asynchronous Transfer Mode ATM statistics ATM is a networking technology that provides high speed data transfer ATM uses fixed size packets of information called cells With ATM a high QoS Quality of Service can be guaran
89. 29 192 168 1 128 Broadcast Address Highest Host ID 192 168 1 190 192 168 1 191 Table 106 Subnet 4 IP SUBNET MASK NETWORK NUMBER LAST OCTET BIT VALUE IP Address 192 168 1 192 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 11000000 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 11000000 Subnet Address Lowest Host ID 192 168 1 193 192 168 1 192 Broadcast Address Highest Host ID 192 168 1 254 192 168 1 255 Example Eight Subnets Similarly use a 27 bit mask to create eight subnets 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 and 111 The following table shows IP address last octet values for each subnet Table 107 Eight Subnets susner SUBNET Jrnnsranoness AS mos BROADSAST 1 0 1 30 31 2 32 33 62 63 3 64 65 94 95 4 96 97 126 127 5 128 129 158 159 6 160 161 190 191 7 192 193 222 223 8 224 225 254 255 P 660HN T1H User s Guide 275 Appendix B IP Addresses and Subnetting Subnet Planning The following table is a summary for subnet planning on a network with a 24 bit network number Table 108 24 bit Network Number Subnet Planning NOST ERS OED SUBNET MASK NO SUBNETS NO HOSTS PER 1 255 255 255 128 25 126 2 255 255 255 192 26 4 62 3 255 255 255 224 27 30 4 255 255 255 240 28 16 14 5 255 255 255 248 29 32 6 6 255 255 255 252 30 64 2 7 255 255 255 254 31 128
90. 3Com EtherLink 10 100 PCI TX NIC 3C905B Tx Dial Up Adapter Client for Microsoft Networks q Installing Components The Network window Configuration tab displays a list of installed components You need a network adapter the TCP IP protocol and Client for Microsoft Networks If you need the adapter In the Network window click Add Select Adapter and then click Add Select the manufacturer and model of your network adapter and then click OK If you need TCP IP In the Network window click Add Select Protocol and then click Add P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 3 Select Microsoft from the list of manufacturers 4 Select TCP IP from the list of network protocols and then click OK If you need Client for Microsoft Networks 1 Click Add 2 Select Client and then click Add 3 Select Microsoft from the list of manufacturers 4 Select Client for Microsoft Networks from the list of network clients and then click OK 5 Restart your computer so the changes you made take effect Configuring 1 Inthe Network window Configuration tab select your network adapter s TCP IP entry and click Properties 2 Click the IP Address tab e If your IP address is dynamic select Obtain an IP address automatically e If you have a static IP address select Specify an IP address and type your information into the IP Address and Subnet Mask fields Figure 115 Windows 95 98 Me TCP
91. 4 Tutorials In Figure 8 three WAN connections are configured over the ADSL line e The connection with VPI VCI 0 33 is dedicated for Media On Demand MOD service e The connection with VPI VCI 0 34 is dedicated for VoIP service e The connection with VPI VCI 0 35 is dedicated for general data transmission Figure 8 Example for Multiple WAN Connections internet Access Setup fa active Names verver Encapsulation Modify 1 Internet Connection 0 33 ENET ENCAP Vv VoIP 0 34 ENET ENCAP Vv Data 0 35 ENET ENCAP TAAR E E E E Eb E Et Nana WN Apply Cancel P 660HN T1H User s Guide PART Il Technical Reference Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard 5 1 Overview Use the wizard setup screens to configure your system for Internet access with the information given to you by your ISP Note See the advanced menu chapters for background information on these fields 5 2 Internet Access Wizard Setup 1 After you enter the password to access the web configurator select Go to Wizard setup and click Apply Otherwise click the wizard icon ke in the top right corner of the web configurator to go to the wizards Figure 9 Select a Mode P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 5 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard 2 Click INTERNET WIRELESS SETUP to configure the system for Internet access and wireless connection Figure 10 Wizard Welcome Welcome to the ZyXEL
92. 60HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 2 The Web Configurator 6 Select Go to Wizard setup and click Apply to display the wizard main screen Otherwise select Go to Advanced setup and click Apply to display the Status screen Figure 5 Replace Factory Default Certificate Screen Please select Wizard or Advanced mode The Wizard setup walks you through the most common configuration settings We suggest you use this mode if it is the first time you are setting up your router or if you need to make basic sonowretion dees Note For security reasons the ZyXEL Device automatically logs you out if you do not use the web configurator for five minutes default If this happens log in again 2 2 The Main Screen Figure 6 Main Screen Device Information Host Name Model Number MAC address ZyNOS Firmware Version DSL Firmware Version WAN Information DSL Mode IP Address IP Subnet Mask Default Gateway VPI VCI LAN Information IP Address IP Subnet Mask DHCP WLAN Information ESSID Channel Security WPS Status Security Firewall P 660HN T1H P 660HN T1H 40 4a 03 b9 1d 6a Ai yt FwVer 3 12 8 140_TC3086 HwVer T14F7_7 0 PPPoE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 35 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 Server RT3390 1 Channel 9 No Security Configured ON Disabled Refresh Interval None z Apply
93. A blank source IP address means any source IP address Mask Enter a source subnet mask here Port Range Enter the port number to which the rule should be applied 0 means any source port number See Appendix E on page 305 for some common services and port numbers Protocol D Select an IP protocol type from the drop down list box Vlan ID Range Enter the source VLAN ID in this field IPP DS Field Select IPP TOS to specify an IP precedence range and type of services Select DSCP to specify a DiffServ Code Point DSCP range IP Precedence Range Enter a range from 0 to 7 for IP precedence Zero is the lowest priority and seven is the highest P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 14 Quality of Service QoS Table 58 Advanced Setup gt QoS LABEL DESCRIPTION Type of Select a type of service from the drop down list box ane Available options are Normal service Minimize delay Maximize throughput Maximize reliability and Minimize monetary cost DSCP Range Specify a DSCP number between 0 and 63 in this field 802 1p Select a priority level 0 to 7 from the drop down list box Action IPP DS Field Select IPP TOS to specify an IP precedence range and type of services Select DSCP to specify a DiffServ Code Point DSCP range IP Precedence Enter a range from 0 to 7 to re assign IP precedence to matched traffic Remarking Zero is the lowest priority and s
94. ATM cell is 53 bytes 424 bits so a maximum speed of 832Kbps gives a maximum PCR of 1962 cells sec This rate is not guaranteed because it is dependent on the line speed P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup Sustained Cell Rate SCR is the mean cell rate of each bursty traffic source It specifies the maximum average rate at which cells can be sent over the virtual connection SCR may not be greater than the PCR Maximum Burst Size MBS is the maximum number of cells that can be sent at the PCR After MBS is reached cell rates fall below SCR until cell rate averages to the SCR again At this time more cells up to the MBS can be sent at the PCR again If the PCR SCR or MBS is set to the default of 0 the system will assign a maximum value that correlates to your upstream line rate The following figure illustrates the relationship between PCR SCR and MBS Figure 34 Example of Traffic Shaping epi epi Time 6 5 1 ATM Traffic Classes These are the basic ATM traffic classes defined by the ATM Forum Traffic Management 4 0 Specification Constant Bit Rate CBR Constant Bit Rate CBR provides fixed bandwidth that is always available even if no data is being sent CBR traffic is generally time sensitive doesn t tolerate delay CBR is used for connections that continuously require a specific amount of bandwidth A PCR is specified and if traffic exceeds this rate cells may be dropped Examples of conne
95. C Address six hexadecimal character pairs for example 12 34 56 78 9a bc PSK Enter a Pre Shared Key PSK from 8 to 63 case sensitive ASCII characters including spaces and symbols Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN 8 7 The Scheduling Screen Use the wireless LAN scheduling to configure the days you want to enable or disable the wireless LAN Click Network gt Wireless LAN gt Scheduling The following screen displays Figure 54 Network gt Wireless LAN gt Scheduling Scheduling Wireless LAN Scheduling I Enable Wireless LAN Scheduling Action Day Except for the following times 24 Hour Format C On off IT Everyday oo hour foo min oo hourf 00 min C On off I Monday oo hour foo min oo hour f 00 min C On off IT Tuesday oo hour oo min oo Z hour 00 min C on off IT Wednesday 00 hour oo min oo hour f 00 min C on off I Thursday 00 thour oo min oo hour f 00 min Con off I Friday oo hour oo min oo hour f 00 1 min C On off I Saturday oo hour oo min oo hour f 00 min C on off I Sunday oo hour foo min oo hour f 00 min q Note Wireless sign
96. C Filter M Active MAC Filter Filter Action Allow G Deny Se E fo0 a0 c5 01 23 45 fo0 00 00 00 00 00 3 00 00 00 00 00 00 4 00 00 00 00 00 00 5 00 00 00 00 00 00 6 00 00 00 00 00 00 7 fo0 00 00 00 00 00 8 fo0 00 00 00 00 00 11 00 00 00 00 00 00 12 00 00 00 00 00 00 13 00 00 00 00 00 00 14 00 00 00 00 00 00 15 fo0 00 00 00 00 00 16 fo0 00 00 00 00 00 17 fo0 00 00 00 00 00 18 fo0 00 00 00 00 00 19 foo 00 00 00 00 00 20 fo0 00 00 00 00 00 21 foo 00 00 00 00 00 22 00 00 00 00 00 00 23 fo0 00 00 00 00 00 24 fo0 00 00 00 00 00 25 Joo 00 00 00 00 00 26 00 00 00 00 00 00 27 00 00 00 00 00 00 28 fo0 00 00 00 00 00 29 fo0 00 00 00 00 00 30 00 00 00 00 00 00 31 00 00 00 00 00 00 32 00 00 00 00 00 00 _Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 32 Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP MAC Address Filter LABEL DESCRIPTION Active MAC Select the check box to enable MAC address filtering Filter Filter Action Define the filter action for the list of MAC addresses in the MAC Address table Select Deny to block access to the ZyXEL Device MAC addresses not listed will be allowed to access the ZyXEL Device Select Allow to permit access to the ZyXEL Device MAC addresses not listed will be denied access to the ZyXEL Device Set This is the index number of the MAC address MAC Enter the MAC addresses of the wireless devices that
97. CP table 7 5 The IP Alias Screen IP alias allows you to partition a physical network into different logical networks over the same Ethernet interface The ZyXEL Device supports three logical LAN interfaces via its single physical Ethernet interface with the ZyXEL Device itself as the gateway for each LAN network When you use IP alias you can also configure firewall rules to control access between the LAN s logical networks subnets Note Make sure that the subnets of the logical networks do not overlap P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Setup The following figure shows a LAN divided into subnets A B and C Figure 39 Physical Network amp Partitioned Logical Networks A 192 168 1 1 192 168 1 24 Ethernet Interface B 192 168 2 1 192 168 2 24 C 192 168 3 1 192 168 3 24 7 5 1 Configuring the LAN IP Alias Screen Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s IP alias settings Click Network gt LAN gt IP Alias to open the following screen Figure 40 Network gt LAN gt IP Alias IP Alias 1 IP Alias 1 IP Address fo i IP Subnet Mask RIP Direction None RIP Version Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 25 Network gt LAN gt IP Alias LABEL DESCRIPTION IP Alias 1 Select the check box to configure another LAN network for the ZyXEL Device IP Address Enter the IP address of yo
98. D Wireless LANs Fragmentation Threshold A Fragmentation Threshold is the maximum data fragment size between 256 and 2432 bytes that can be sent in the wireless network before the AP will fragment the packet into smaller data frames A large Fragmentation Threshold is recommended for networks not prone to interference while you should set a smaller threshold for busy networks or networks that are prone to interference If the Fragmentation Threshold value is smaller than the RTS CTS value see previously you set then the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake will never occur as data frames will be fragmented before they reach RTS CTS size Preamble Type Preamble is used to signal that data is coming to the receiver Short and long refer to the length of the synchronization field in a packet Short preamble increases performance as less time sending preamble means more time for sending data All IEEE 802 11 compliant wireless adapters support long preamble but not all support short preamble Use long preamble if you are unsure what preamble mode other wireless devices on the network support and to provide more reliable communications in busy wireless networks Use short preamble if you are sure all wireless devices on the network support it and to provide more efficient communications Use the dynamic setting to automatically use short preamble when all wireless devices on the network support it otherwise the
99. E E se 234 Chapter 24 Product Specilicati nS wiciccsciccescitescciascssrerdasescecseiassereenccteimaacciecsesaccscbestneadeancscereesnaceimciaacsises 237 2A 1 Hardware Sperit AUIOING ssri ara eair aeaa ear 237 24A Frae poceo ieai a N A A EAA E 237 Pa Miia ten Fra S a E R 241 24A POWE Adaptor Seer INC ATONE sacristie a aar a aA EA ES 244 Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP AdCreSS cccccceecseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeessaeeeeeeaes 245 Appendix B IP Addresses and Subnetting cc cceeesccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaeeeenees 269 Appendix C Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions cccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 279 Appendix D Wireless LANS ciniceiticavnimenirsinreeinienmies a Enek NEN RNET eee RRR 289 acc cie 6 bal GECE S srera TE Ee rer art rr res 305 Appendix F Legal MOC ANCIY saiisidcisinateaisinraosiviinianrsanibiegielintbeeeinenRTaeRAIRT 309 WAG Ms iictesssscisaiccssssasddscnissiaiiadnaiassessdissidassiaasnisaiassaasanddaceibaiaidadasientaaasd sekdsiabdsiainadassesensiunsiasadassis 313 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Table of Contents P 660HN T1H User s Guide PART User s Guide Introduction 1 1 Overview The P 660HN T1H is an ADSL2 router By integrating DSL and NAT you are provided with ease of installation and high speed shared Internet access The P 660HN T1H is also a complete security solution with a robust firewall and content filtering Please
100. ENET ENCAP in the Encapsulation field Enter a subnet mask in dotted decimal notation P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup Table 19 Network gt WAN gt More Connections Edit continued LABEL DESCRIPTION ENET ENCAP This option is available if you select ENET ENCAP in the Gateway Encapsulation field Specify a gateway IP address supplied by your ISP Connection Nailed Up Connection Select Nailed Up Connection when you want your connection up all the time The ZyXEL Device will try to bring up the connection automatically if it is disconnected Connect on Demand Select Connect on Demand when you don t want the connection up all the time and specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field Max Idle Timeout Specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field when you select Connect on Demand The default setting is 0 which means the Internet session will not timeout NAT SUA only is available only when you select Routing in the Mode field Select SUA Only if you have one public IP address and want to use NAT Click Edit Detail to go to the Port Forwarding screen to edit a server mapping set Otherwise select None to disable NAT Back Click this to return to the previous screen without saving Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings Advanced Setup Click this to display the More Con
101. G Use this field to allow or deny Yahoo Messenger traffic Real Audio Video Use this field to allow or deny transferring RealPlayer format files Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 11 Filters 11 4 The IP MAC Filter Screen Use this screen to create and apply P MAC filters Click Security gt Filter gt I P MAC Filter The screen appears as shown Figure 75 Security gt Filter gt P MAC Filter IP MAC Filter IP MAC Filter Set Editing IP MAC Filter Set Index 1 7 Interface Pvco z Direction Both z IP MAC Filter Rule Editing IP MAC Filter Rule Index 1 x Rule Type P S Active C Yes No Source IP Address 0 0 0 0 means Don t care Subnet Mask Port Number fo 0 means Don t care Destination IP Address 0 0 0 0 means Don t care Subnet Mask l Port Number fo 0 means Don t care Protocol Tcr 7 Rule Unmatched Forward 7 IP Filter Listing IP Filter Set Index Interface Direction i sd ow rk WN SAVE DELETE CANCEL The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 52 Access Management gt Filter IP MAC LABEL DESCRIPTION IP MAC Filter Set Editing P MAC Filter Set Index Select the index number of the filter set Interface Select the PVC to which to apply the filter Direction Apply the filter to Both Incoming or Outgoing traffi
102. G screen Section 9 5 on page 143 to enable and disable the SIP VoIP ALG in the ZyXEL Device 9 1 2 What You Need To Know About NAT Inside Outside Inside outside denotes where a host is located relative to the ZyXEL Device for example the computers of your subscribers are the inside hosts while the web servers on the Internet are the outside hosts Global Local Global local denotes the IP address of a host in a packet as the packet traverses a router for example the local address refers to the IP address of a host when the packet is in the local network while the global address refers to the IP address of the host when the same packet is traveling in the WAN side P 660HN T1H User s Guide 133 Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT NAT In the simplest form NAT changes the source IP address in a packet received from a subscriber the inside local address to another the inside global address before forwarding the packet to the WAN side When the response comes back NAT translates the destination address the inside global address back to the inside local address before forwarding it to the original inside host Port Forwarding A port forwarding set is a list of inside behind NAT on the LAN servers for example web or FTP that you can make visible to the outside world even though NAT makes your whole inside network appear as a single computer to the outside world SUA Single User Account Versus
103. H User s Guide LAN Setup 7 1 Overview A Local Area Network LAN is a shared communication system to which many networking devices are connected It is usually located in one immediate area such as a building or floor of a building Use the LAN screens to help you configure a LAN DHCP server and manage IP addresses 7 1 1 What You Can Do in the LAN Screens e Use the LAN IP screen Section 7 2 on page 89 to set the LAN IP address and subnet mask of your ZyXEL device You can also edit your ZyXEL Device s RIP multicast and Windows Networking settings from this screen e Use the DHCP Setup screen Section 7 3 on page 91 to configure the ZyXEL Device s DHCP settings e Use the Client List screen Section 7 4 on page 92 to assign IP addresses on the LAN to specific individual computers based on their MAC Addresses e Use the IP Alias screen Section 7 5 on page 93 to change your ZyXEL Device s IP alias settings P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Setup 7 1 2 What You Need To Know About LAN IP Address IP addresses identify individual devices on a network Every networking device including computers servers routers printers etc needs an IP address to communicate across the network These networking devices are also known as hosts Subnet Mask Subnet masks determine the maximum number of possible hosts on a network You can also use subnet masks to divide one network into multiple sub netw
104. HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Configuring Servers Behind Port Forwarding Example Let s say you want to assign ports 21 25 to one FTP Telnet and SMTP server A in the example port 80 to another B in the example and assign a default server IP address of 192 168 1 35 to a third C in the example You assign the LAN IP addresses and the ISP assigns the WAN IP address The NAT network appears as a single host on the Internet Figure 64 Multiple Servers Behind NAT Example A 192 168 1 33 LAN WAN B IP Address assigned by ISP C 192 168 1 35 D 192 168 1 36 9 3 1 Configuring the Port Forwarding Screen Click Network gt NAT gt Port Forwarding to open the following screen See Appendix E on page 305 for port numbers commonly used for particular services Figure 65 Network gt NAT gt Port Forwarding Default Server Setup Default Server 0 0 0 0 Port Forwarding Service Namel WW 7 Server IP Address 0 0 0 0 en ara aaa nn lae Vv 80 80 192 168 1 2 Apply Cancel P 660HN T1H User s Guide 1 37 Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 42 Network gt NAT gt Port Forwarding LABEL DESCRIPTION Default Server Setup Default Server In addition to the servers for specified services NAT supports a default server A default server receives packets from ports
105. IP address is the network number and the other part is the host ID In the same way that houses on a street share a common street name the hosts on a network share a common network number Similarly as each house has its own house number each host on the network has its own unique identifying number the host ID Routers use the network number to send packets to the correct network while the host ID determines to which host on the network the packets are delivered Structure An IP address is made up of four parts written in dotted decimal notation for example 192 168 1 1 Each of these four parts is known as an octet An octet is an eight digit binary number for example 11000000 which is 192 in decimal notation Therefore each octet has a possible range of 00000000 to 11111111 in binary or O to 255 in decimal P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix B IP Addresses and Subnetting The following figure shows an example IP address in which the first three octets 192 168 1 are the network number and the fourth octet 16 is the host ID Figure 146 Network Number and Host ID 192 168 1 16 i fl d ee a IA How much of the IP address is the network number and how much is the host ID varies according to the subnet mask Subnet Masks A subnet mask is used to determine which bits are part of the network number and which bits are part of the host ID using a logical AND operation The term subnet is sho
106. IP addresses click Add In TCP I P Address type an IP address in IP address and a subnet mask in Subnet mask and then click Add Repeat the above two steps for each IP address you want to add Configure additional default gateways in the IP Settings tab by clicking Add in Default gateways In TCP 1P Gateway Address type the IP address of the default gateway in Gateway To manually configure a default metric the number of transmission hops clear the Automatic metric check box and type a metric in Metric Click Add Repeat the previous three steps for each default gateway you want to add P 660HN T1H User s Guide 257 Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address e Click OK when finished Figure 131 Windows Vista Advanced TCP IP Properties Advanced TCP IP Settings EAA IP Settings pns wins IP addresses IP address Subnet mask DHCP Enabled Default gateways Gateway Metric J Automatic metric Ceme 9 Inthe Internet Protocol Version 4 TCP IPv4 Properties window the General tab e Click Obtain DNS server address automatically if you do not know your DNS server IP address es e If you know your DNS server IP address es click Use the following DNS server addresses and type them in the Preferred DNS server and Alternate DNS server fields P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address If you have previously configured DNS server
107. L Device Table 97 Standards Supported STANDARD DESCRIPTION RFC 867 Daytime Protocol RFC 868 Time Protocol RFC 1058 RIP 1 Routing Information Protocol RFC 1112 IGMP v1 RFC 1305 Network Time Protocol NTP version 3 RFC 1483 Multiprotocol Encapsulation over ATM Adaptation Layer 5 RFC 1631 IP Network Address Translator NAT RFC 1661 The Point to Point Protocol PPP RFC 1723 RIP 2 Routing Information Protocol RFC 2236 Internet Group Management Protocol Version 2 RFC 2364 PPP over AAL5 PPP over ATM over ADSL RFC 2408 Internet Security Association and Key Management Protocol ISAKMP P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 24 Product Specifications Table 97 Standards Supported continued STANDARD DESCRIPTION RFC 2516 A Method for Transmitting PPP Over Ethernet PPPoE RFC 2684 Multiprotocol Encapsulation over ATM Adaptation Layer 5 RFC 2766 Network Address Translation Protocol IEEE 802 11 Also known by the brand Wi Fi denotes a set of Wireless LAN WLAN standards developed by working group 11 of the IEEE LAN MAN Standards Committee IEEE 802 IEEE 802 11b Uses the 2 4 gigahertz GHz band IEEE 802 11g Uses the 2 4 gigahertz GHz band IEEE 802 11n Uses the 2 4 gigahertz GHz band IEEE 802 11d Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Media Access Control MAC Bridges IEEE 802 11x Port Based Network Ac
108. MAC Address Enter the MAC address of a computer on your LAN Add Click this to add a static DHCP entry P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Setup Table 24 Network gt LAN gt Client List LABEL DESCRIPTION This is the index number of the static IP table entry row Status This field displays whether the client is connected to the ZyXEL Device Host Name This field displays the computer host name IP Address This field displays the IP address relative to the field listed above MAC Address The MAC Media Access Control or Ethernet address on a LAN Local Area Network is unique to your computer six pairs of hexadecimal notation A network interface card such as an Ethernet adapter has a hardwired address that is assigned at the factory This address follows an industry standard that ensures no other adapter has a similar address Reserve Select the check box in the heading row to automatically select all check boxes or select the check box es in each entry to have the ZyXEL Device always assign the selected entry ies s IP address es to the corresponding MAC address es and host name s You can select up to 10 entries in this table Modify Click the modify icon to have the IP address field editable and change it Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings Refresh Click this to reload the DH
109. MP v3 At start up the ZyXEL Device queries all directly connected networks to gather group membership After that the ZyXEL Device periodically updates this information IP multicasting can be enabled disabled on the ZyXEL Device LAN and or WAN interfaces in the web configurator LAN WAN Select None to disable IP multicasting on these interfaces P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Setup P 660HN T1H User s Guide Wireless LAN 8 1 Overview This chapter describes how to perform tasks related to setting up and optimizing your wireless network including the following Turning the wireless connection on or off e Configuring a name wireless channel and security for the network e Using WiFi Protected Setup WPS to configure your wireless network Setting up multiple wireless networks Using a MAC Media Access Control address filter to restrict access to the wireless network Setting up a Wireless Distribution System WDS Performing other performance related wireless tasks 8 1 1 What You Can Do in the Wireless LAN Screens This section describes the ZyXEL Device s Network gt Wireless LAN screens Use these screens to set up your ZyXEL Device s wireless connection Use the AP screen see Section 8 2 on page 103 to turn the wireless connection on or off set up wireless security configure the MAC filter and make other basic configuration changes e Use the More AP screen see Sec
110. NA reserved this block of addresses specifically for private use please do not use any other number unless you are told otherwise You must also enable Network Address Translation NAT on the ZyXEL Device Once you have decided on the network number pick an IP address for your ZyXEL Device that is easy to remember for instance 192 168 1 1 but make sure that no other device on your network is using that IP address The subnet mask specifies the network number portion of an IP address Your ZyXEL Device will compute the subnet mask automatically based on the IP address that you entered You don t need to change the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device unless you are instructed to do otherwise Private IP Addresses Every machine on the Internet must have a unique address If your networks are isolated from the Internet running only between two branch offices for example you can assign any IP addresses to the hosts without problems However the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority IANA has reserved the following three blocks of IP addresses specifically for private networks e 10 0 0 0 10 255 255 255 e 172 16 0 0 172 31 255 255 e 192 168 0 0 192 168 255 255 You can obtain your IP address from the IANA from an ISP or it can be assigned from a private network If you belong to a small organization and your Internet access is through an ISP the ISP can provide you with the Internet addresses for your local networks On
111. O DNS SOBEN irr a 186 Ter TRA IOGMF OEO OR annn a OTC te ee Oe Pre ee OT 187 Chapter 17 Universal Plug and Play UPP J s irircrnrssnminsrisisesessesrsinerossasni raran aina aari aaaea 189 E EET T 1 EA EEN A E A EA EEA E RUS AE OEE SAE A re AE EE V TE E EN EEA 189 17 1 1 What You Can Do in the UPnP Se scicisisintcsaccinseenccnneestacenbadeatanndienwatecas 189 17 1 2 What You Need to Know About UPnP asassssoessnnnssosssnnnssnesnnnrssesnnnnrsssnnrernsnsnnnrresnsnne 189 Tee me UPF ocom arana se tea anke eccantncseede te meiaeaes Se eatoneotaus 191 17 2 installing UPnP in Windows EXampie seessnsnssi eaten ied 192 17 4 Using UP AP in Windows XP Example sciakcssstcissknassecatunmnsasdaaaddesareadaieubarsaaoniasrseadanubaseaanald 195 Chapter 18 CNMP a Rte cn Ae mE OE ne ROE RNC rane Aenea ETO nA ween nr Ce eC armor ante ee eter ean 201 To BIE eoni E 201 19 2 MMe CWP Sop SCEE orisirisii inanan an a Na a aAA Ea aa 202 Chapter 19 Sa SUE SUNS onggi aa aia aiiai 205 TOT AE EW oriana r E A E OEE 205 19 1 1 What You Can Do in the System Settings Screens cceeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 205 19 2 The Ganaral SOSON acrnrandiar a EE 205 19 3 The Time and Dale PN a cccce see sacccecc tear ae iea ia aa a a 206 Chapter 20 LOJI eieae ee e EEE ines EE aE 209 ETRE T TT a AAE A IAN EAIA E A N AEE CA AAN O E E E A OEA 209 20 1 1 What You Need To Know About LOGS fectcicccostictcsncstntzendsinitet acriiardanaentondnandeonnisanes 209 20a The ay
112. ON Type Choose the port mapping type from one of the following One to One One to One mode maps one local IP address to one global IP address Note that port numbers do not change for One to one NAT mapping type Many to One Many to One mode maps multiple local IP addresses to one global IP address This is equivalent to SUA i e PAT port address translation ZyXEL s Single User Account feature that previous ZyXEL routers supported only Many to Many Overload Many to Many Overload mode maps multiple local IP addresses to shared global IP addresses Many to Many No Overload Many to Many No Overload mode maps each local IP address to unique global IP addresses Server This type allows you to specify inside servers of different services behind the NAT to be accessible to the outside world Local Start IP This is the starting local IP address ILA Local IP addresses are N A for Server port mapping Local End IP This is the end local IP address ILA If your rule is for all local IP addresses then enter 0 0 0 0 as the Local Start IP address and 255 255 255 255 as the Local End IP address This field is N A for One to One and Server mapping types Global Start This is the starting global IP address IGA Enter 0 0 0 0 here if you have IP a dynamic IP address from your ISP P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Table 45 Network gt NAT gt Address M
113. P 660HN T1H 802 11n Wireless ADSL2 4 port Gateway Default Login Details IP Address http 192 168 1 1 Password 1234 Firmware Version 3 40 Edition 2 8 2010 ZyXEL Copyright 2010 www zyxel com ZyXEL Communications Corporation About This User s Guide About This User s Guide Intended Audience This manual is intended for people who want to configure the ZyXEL Device using the web configurator You should have at least a basic knowledge of TCP IP networking concepts and topology Related Documentation e Quick Start Guide The Quick Start Guide is designed to help you get up and running right away It contains information on setting up your network and configuring for Internet access e Support Disc Refer to the included CD for support documents e ZyXEL Web Site Please refer to www zyxel com for additional support documentation and product certifications Documentation Feedback Send your comments questions or suggestions to techwriters zyxel com tw Thank you The Technical Writing Team ZyXEL Communications Corp 6 Innovation Road II Science Based Industrial Park Hsinchu 30099 Taiwan Need More Help More help is available at www zyxel com SUPPORT D0WN 0408 su PARTNER SA Download Library gt Firmware Knowledge Base Software Glossary Driver Support amp Feedback Datasheet Warranty Information Tech Doc Overview ZyXEL Windows Vista Support User s Guide Forum Quick star
114. QoS IP precedence 172 IP MAC filter 157 logs 209 port forwarding 137 static route 161 WAN 73 wireless LAN 103 wizard 60 shaping traffic 84 85 Simple Network Management Protocol see SNMP Single User Account see SUA SIP ALG 143 activation 143 SNMP 184 agents 185 Manager 185 managers 185 MIB 185 network components 185 versions 184 SPI 150 activation 151 SSID 102 104 112 121 activation 111 MBSSID 124 static route 159 configuration 161 example 159 status 30 33 36 ATM 229 DSL connections 230 firewalls 35 firmware version 34 LAN 34 WAN 34 wireless LAN 34 WPS 114 SUA 134 135 subnet 269 subnet mask 88 97 270 subnetting 272 Sustain Cell Rate see SCR SYN attack 149 syntax conventions 5 system 205 P 660HN T1H User s Guide 317 Index firmware 219 version 34 LED 24 passwords 28 administrator 206 reset 25 status 30 33 firewalls 35 LAN 34 WAN 34 wireless LAN 34 time 206 T tagging frames 164 167 Telnet 182 thresholds data fragment 108 120 RTS CTS 108 120 time 206 TR 069 22 trademarks 309 traffic priority 163 traffic shaping 84 example 85 U UBR 76 81 86 unicast 72 Universal Plug and Play see UPnP upgrading firmware 219 UPnP 189 activation 191 cautions 190 example 192 installation 192 NAT traversal 189 URL 153 URL filter 154 URL 153 V VBR 85 VBR nRT 76 81 86 VBR RT 76 81 86 VCI 74 79 83 Virtual Channel Identifier see VCI Virtual Local Area Netwo
115. R SECURITY INFO CLIENT 1 AP1 In step 2 you add another wireless client to the network You know that Client 1 supports registrar mode but it is better to use AP1 for the WPS handshake with the new client since you must connect to the access point anyway in order to use the network In this case AP1 must be the registrar since it is configured it already has security information for the network AP1 supplies the existing security information to Client 2 Figure 61 WPS Example Network Step 2 REGISTRAR EXISTING CONNECTION CLIENT 1 wee ENROLLEE o yo 6 eo Kl p CLIENT 2 In step 3 you add another access point AP2 to your network AP2 is out of range of AP1 so you cannot use AP1 for the WPS handshake with the new access P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN point However you know that Client 2 supports the registrar function so you use it to perform the WPS handshake instead Figure 62 WPS Example Network Step 3 EXISTING CONNECTION CLIENT 1 REGISTRAR CLIENT 2 ENROLLEE 8 8 8 5 Limitations of WPS WPS has some limitations of which you should be aware e WPS works in Infrastructure networks only where an AP and a wireless client communicate It does not work in Ad Hoc networks where there is no AP When you use WPS it works between two devices only You cannot enroll multiple devices simultaneously you must enroll one after the other For instance if you have
116. S CTS is designed to prevent collisions due to hidden nodes An RTS CTS defines the biggest size data frame you can send before an RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake is invoked When a data frame exceeds the RTS CTS value you set between 0 to 2432 bytes the station that wants to transmit this frame must first send an RTS Request To Send message to the AP for permission to send it The AP then responds with a CTS Clear to Send message to all other stations within its range to notify them to defer their transmission It also reserves and confirms with the requesting station the time frame for the requested transmission Stations can send frames smaller than the specified RTS CTS directly to the AP without the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake You should only configure RTS CTS if the possibility of hidden nodes exists on your network and the cost of resending large frames is more than the extra network overhead involved in the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake If the RTS CTS value is greater than the Fragmentation Threshold value see next then the RTS Request To Send CTS Clear to Send handshake will never occur as data frames will be fragmented before they reach RTS CTS size Note Enabling the RTS Threshold causes redundant network overhead that could negatively affect the throughput performance instead of providing a remedy P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix
117. T1H User s Guide Chapter 14 Quality of Service QoS 14 2 The QoS Screen Use this screen to enable or disable QoS and have the ZyXEL Device assign priority levels to traffic according to the port range IEEE 802 1p priority level and or IP precedence Click Advanced Setup gt QoS to open the screen as shown next Figure 84 Advanced Setup gt QoS Quality of Service Qos Summary Rule Rule Index Active Application Physical Ports Destination MAC IP Mask Port Range Source MAC IP Mask Port Range Protocol ID Vlan ID Range IPP DS Field IP Precedence Range Type of Service DSCP Range 802 1p Action IPP DS Field IP Precedence Remarking Type of Service Remarking DSCP Remarking 802 1p Remarking Queue Activated Deactivated QoS Settings Summary l 4 x Activated Deactivated ro a m m m Eneti Enet2 Enet3 Enet4 O m O O WLAN1 WLAN2 WLAN3 WLAN4 app DELETE CANCEL P 660HN T1H User s Guide 171 Chapter 14 Quality of Service QoS 172 The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 58 Advanced Setup gt QoS LABEL DESCRIPTION Quality of Service Physical Ports Qos Use this field to turn on QoS to improve your network performance You can give priority to traffic that the ZyXEL Device forwards out through the WAN interface Give high priority to voice and video to make them run more smoothly Similarly give
118. T1H User s Guide Chapter 21 Tools 21 3 The Configuration Screen Click Maintenance gt Tools gt Configuration Information related to factory defaults backup configuration and restoring configuration appears in this screen as shown next Figure 105 Maintenance gt Tools gt Configuration Configuration Backup Configuration Backup Restore Configuration one and then click Upload File Path Browse Upload Reset to Factory Default Settings factory default settings Password 1234 Lan IP 192 168 1 1 DHCP Server Reset Click Backup to save the current configuration to you computer To restore a previously saved configuration file on your computer to the Prestige please type a location for storing the configuration file or click Browse to look for Click Reset to clear all user entered configuration and return the Prestige to the The following default settings would become effective after click Reset Backup Configuration Backup Configuration allows you to back up save the ZyXEL Device s current configuration to a file on your computer Once your ZyXEL Device is configured and functioning properly it is highly recommended that you back up your configuration file before making configuration changes The backup configuration file will be useful in case you need to return to your previous settings Click Backup to save the ZyXEL Device s current configuration to yo
119. TM PVC Permanent Virtual Circuit to the Internet Service Provider s ISP DSLAM Digital Subscriber Line DSL Access Multiplexer Please refer to RFC 2364 for more information on PPPoA Refer to RFC 1661 for more information on PPP 6 4 1 4 RFC 1483 RFC 1483 describes two methods for Multiprotocol Encapsulation over ATM Adaptation Layer 5 AAL5 The first method allows multiplexing of multiple protocols over a single ATM virtual circuit LLC based multiplexing and the second P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup method assumes that each protocol is carried over a separate ATM virtual circuit VC based multiplexing Please refer to RFC 1483 for more detailed information 6 4 2 Multiplexing There are two conventions to identify what protocols the virtual circuit VC is carrying Be sure to use the multiplexing method required by your ISP VC based Multiplexing In this case by prior mutual agreement each protocol is assigned to a specific virtual circuit for example VC1 carries IP etc VC based multiplexing may be dominant in environments where dynamic creation of large numbers of ATM VCs is fast and economical LLC based Multiplexing In this case one VC carries multiple protocols with protocol identifying information being contained in each packet header Despite the extra bandwidth and processing overhead this method may be advantageous if it is not practical to have a separate VC for each carried proto
120. The ZyXEL Device starts up when you plug it in when you restart it Maintenance gt Tools gt Restart or when you reset it Current This field displays the current date and time in the ZyXEL Device You Date Time can change this in Maintenance gt System gt Time Setting System This displays whether the ZyXEL Device is functioning as a router or a Mode bridge CPU Usage __ This field displays what percentage of the ZyXEL Device s processing ability is currently used When this percentage is close to 100 the ZyXEL Device is running at full load and the throughput is not going to improve anymore If you want some applications to have more throughput you should turn off other applications for example using QoS see Chapter 14 on page 169 Memory This field displays what percentage of the ZyXEL Device s memory is Usage currently used Usually this percentage should not increase much If memory usage does get close to 100 the ZyXEL Device is probably becoming unstable and you should restart the device See Section 21 4 on page 225 or turn off the device unplug the power for a few seconds Interface Status Interface This column displays each interface the ZyXEL Device has P 660HN T1H User s Guide 35 Chapter 3 Status Screens Table 4 Status Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION Status This field indicates whether or not the ZyXEL Device is using the interface For the DSL interf
121. The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 18 Network gt WAN gt More Connections LABEL DESCRIPTION This is an index number indicating the number of the corresponding connection Active This field indicates whether the connection is active or not Clear the check box to disable the connection Select the check box to enable it Name This is the name you gave to the Internet connection VPI VCl This field displays the Virtual Path Identifier VPI and Virtual Channel Identifier VCI numbers configured for this WAN connection Encapsulation This field indicates the encapsulation method of the Internet connection P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup Table 18 Network gt WAN gt More Connections continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Modify The first ISP connection is read only in this screen Use the WAN gt Internet Access Setup screen to edit it Click the Edit icon to edit the Internet connection settings Click this icon on an empty configuration to add a new Internet access setup Click the Remove icon to delete the Internet access setup from your connection list Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings 6 3 1 More Connections Edit Use this screen to configure a connection Click the edit icon in the More Connections screen to display the following s
122. Type the SCR which must be less than the PCR Note that system default is 0 cells sec Maximum Burst Size Maximum Burst Size MBS refers to the maximum number of cells that can be sent at the peak rate Type the MBS which is less than 65535 MTU MTU The Maximum Transmission Unit MTU defines the size of the largest packet allowed on an interface or connection Enter the MTU in this field For ENET ENCAP the MTU value is 1500 For PPPoE the MTU value is 1492 For PPPoA and RFC the MTU is 65535 Back Click this to return to the previous screen without saving Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings 6 4 WAN Technical Reference This section provides some technical background information about the topics covered in this chapter 6 4 1 Encapsulation Be sure to use the encapsulation method required by your ISP The ZyXEL Device supports the following methods P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup 6 4 1 1 ENET ENCAP The MAC Encapsulated Routing Link Protocol ENET ENCAP is only implemented with the IP network protocol IP packets are routed between the Ethernet interface and the WAN interface and then formatted so that they can be understood in a bridged environment For instance it encapsulates routed Ethernet frames into bridged ATM cells ENET ENCAP requires that you specify a gateway IP address in the Gateway IP Addr
123. UPnP See the NAT chapter for more information on NAT Cautions with UPnP The automated nature of NAT traversal applications in establishing their own services and opening firewall ports may present network security issues Network information and configuration may also be obtained and modified by users in some network environments When a UPnP device joins a network it announces its presence with a multicast message For security reasons the ZyXEL Device allows multicast messages on the LAN only All UPnP enabled devices may communicate freely with each other without additional configuration Disable UPnP if this is not your intention UPnP and ZyXEL ZyXEL has achieved UPnP certification from the Universal Plug and Play Forum UPnP Implementers Corp UIC ZyXEL s UPnP implementation supports Internet Gateway Device IGD 1 0 See the following sections for examples of installing and using UPnP P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 17 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 17 2 The UPnP Screen Use the following screen to configure the UPnP settings on your ZyXEL Device Click Advanced gt UPnP to display the screen shown next See Section 17 1 on page 189 for more information Figure 95 Advanced gt UPnP gt General UPnP Setup Device Name ZyXEL P 660HN T1h Internet Sharing Gateway I Active the Universal Plug and Play UPNP Service T Allow users to make configuration changes through UPnP q Note
124. User s Guide Chapter 16 Remote Management Remote Management and NAT When NAT is enabled e Use the ZyXEL Device s WAN IP address when configuring from the WAN e Use the ZyXEL Device s LAN IP address when configuring from the LAN System Timeout There is a default system management idle timeout of five minutes three hundred seconds The ZyXEL Device automatically logs you out if the management session remains idle for longer than this timeout period The management session does not time out when a statistics screen is polling 16 2 The WWW Screen Use this screen to specify how to connect to the ZyXEL Device from a web browser such as Internet Explorer Note If you disable the WWW service in the Remote MGMT gt WWW screen then the ZyXEL Device blocks all HTTP connection attempts 16 2 1 Configuring the WWW Screen Click Advanced gt Remote MGMT to display the WWW screen Figure 88 Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt WWW www Server Port so Server Access LAN amp WAN xj Secured Client IP Address all Selected 0 0 0 0 qQ Note Cancel 1 For UPnP to function normally the HTTP service must be available for LAN computers using UPnP P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 16 Remote Management The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 63 Advanced gt Remote Management gt WWW LABEL DESCRIPTION Server Port You may change the server port
125. Warnings P 660HN T1H User s Guide Contents Overview Contents Overview Uoer Ri ia aa a ee Lc at Sea a Sen a 19 giae ei a y EA anc E A eae ee ee Ree Roa 21 U AAE NTE a asset A E A R E E ETE ETA 27 e ee E L A A E E E E E neds yadvebhoed nivebanenuaneendaeees 33 TO aai E N AEO OAE 37 Technical ReferenCe xssiissscssasssssacasnasesnassassncasnaanasiesassssdansaneiaasiakaiiannanendanssaserninadeandasesssanaennianaa 55 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard i ciscsastesssnsrcisessscriecesapaties vasa vais predeasioantenstaaariaiieners 57 WAN Soe ONS aE wleolgeasgen eninge 71 LAN GOUD eee ee eee peer rere reer errr tee rT mee EE cre rert cee ree terre rete nr eae rer Terres erent errr re ern ree 87 MUMS LART si ccs crust os conasn sy cmca nasil agciutl a ihc ca tuts caida ahah cue eeu ai ca dndtldy ai cn abula pacteuhin da luce Suc ds Sneed a eee 101 Network Address Translation NAT sccscctiscscnsesstesncnetcisonunecacemuinreaneintitenqnnuneecumsanrraennertnns 133 PED EEE E A AAN AAAA AI A IA AA A EA ATA INT 149 EUO on re renee cree rer rere re ert re rere errr re errr errr rr tre rr 153 CUCU ROUE coria thas aeee dni aust eatin aa 159 SUEY 26 Senne Tee S Tenney ere ree Teer rere ee ver rere rear eor 163 Qualy OT Service 1S rrenen E AII EAA 169 Byname DNS SAE ra EE E E A EA 177 aeta e e e a T E T E A E seats A N E EN E T EE 179 Lniversal Plug and Play UPnP ccisssctnccssonsietcsactindeandcunstptcnacsnurencacntsinetantinenunrdaadphnteanndebaan
126. a wireless network operates in one of two ways e An infrastructure type of network has one or more access points and one or more wireless clients The wireless clients connect to the access points e An ad hoc type of network is one in which there is no access point Wireless clients connect to one another in order to exchange information The following figure provides an example of a wireless network Figure 55 Example of a Wireless Network Seer P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN The wireless network is the part in the blue circle In this wireless network devices A and B use the access point AP to interact with the other devices such as the printer or with the Internet Your ZyXEL Device is the AP Every wireless network must follow these basic guidelines e Every device in the same wireless network must use the same SSID The SSID is the name of the wireless network It stands for Service Set Dentifier e If two wireless networks overlap they should use a different channel Like radio stations or television channels each wireless network uses a specific channel or frequency to send and receive information e Every device in the same wireless network must use security compatible with the AP Security stops unauthorized devices from using the wireless network It can also protect the information that is sent in the wireless network Radio Channels In the radio
127. ace this field displays Down line is down Up line is up or connected if you re using Ethernet encapsulation and Down line is down Up line is up or connected I dle line ppp idle Dial starting to trigger a call and Drop dropping a call if you re using PPPoE encapsulation For the LAN interface this field displays Up when the ZyXEL Device is using the interface and Down when the ZyXEL Device is not using the interface For the WLAN interface it displays Active when WLAN is enabled or InActive when WLAN is disabled Rate For the LAN interface this displays the port speed and duplex setting For the DSL interface it displays the downstream and upstream transmission rate For the WLAN interface it displays the maximum transmission rate when WLAN is enabled or N A when WLAN is disabled P 660HN T1H User s Guide Tutorials 4 1 Overview This chapter shows you how to use the ZyXEL Device s various features e Setting Up a Secure Wireless Network see page 37 e Configuring the MAC Address Filter see page 45 e Configuring Static Route for Routing to Another Network see page 47 e Multiple Public and Private IP Address Mappings see page 50 e Multiple WAN Connections Example see page 53 4 2 Setting Up a Secure Wireless Network Thomas wants to set up a wireless network so that he can use his notebook to access the Internet In this wireless network the ZyXEL Device serves as an acces
128. aged Device P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 16 Remote Management An SNMP managed network consists of two main types of component agents and a manager An agent is a management software module that resides in a managed device the ZyXEL Device An agent translates the local management information from the managed device into a form compatible with SNMP The manager is the console through which network administrators perform network management functions It executes applications that control and monitor managed devices The managed devices contain object variables managed objects that define each piece of information to be collected about a device Examples of variables include such as number of packets received node port status etc A Management Information Base MIB is a collection of managed objects SNMP allows a manager and agents to communicate for the purpose of accessing these objects 16 5 1 Configuring SNMP To change your ZyXEL Device s SNMP settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt SNMP tab The screen appears as shown Figure 92 Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt SNMP SNMP Server Port 161 Server Access LAN amp WAN 7 Secured Client IP Address all Selected 0 0 0 0 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 66 Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt SNMP LABEL DESCRIPTION Server Port The SNMP agent listens on port 161 by default If
129. al is currently turned on off by scheduling Apply Reset The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 38 Network gt Wireless LAN gt QoS LABEL DESCRIPTION Enable Select this box to activate wireless LAN scheduling on your ZyXEL Wireless LAN Device Scheduling Action Select On or Off to enable or disable the wireless LAN Day Check the day s you want to turn the wireless LAN on or off Except for the Specify a time frame during which the schedule would apply following times For example if you set the time range from 12 00 to 23 00 the wireless LAN will be turned on only during this time period Apply Click this to save your changes Reset Click this to restore your previously saved settings P 660HN T1H User s Guide 117 Chapter 8 Wireless LAN 8 8 Wireless LAN Technical Reference This section discusses wireless LANs in depth For more information see the appendix 8 8 1 Wireless Network Overview Wireless networks consist of wireless clients access points and bridges A wireless client is a radio connected to a user s computer e An access point is a radio with a wired connection to a network which can connect with numerous wireless clients and let them access the network e A bridge is a radio that relays communications between access points and wireless clients extending a network s range Traditionally
130. alled updated firmware software for your device Every effort has been made to ensure that the information in this manual is accurate 4 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Document Conventions Document Conventions Warnings and Notes These are how warnings and notes are shown in this User s Guide Warnings tell you about things that could harm you or your device Note Notes tell you other important information for example other things you may need to configure or helpful tips or recommendations Syntax Conventions e The P 660HN T1H may be referred to as the ZyXEL Device the device the system or the product in this User s Guide Product labels screen names field labels and field choices are all in bold font e A key stroke is denoted by square brackets and uppercase text for example ENTER means the enter or return key on your keyboard e Enter means for you to type one or more characters and then press the ENTER key Select or choose means for you to use one of the predefined choices e A right angle bracket gt within a screen name denotes a mouse click For example Maintenance gt Log gt Log Setting means you first click Maintenance in the navigation panel then the Log sub menu and finally the Log Setting tab to get to that screen e Units of measurement may denote the metric value or the scientific value For example k for ki
131. amble modes long and short If a device uses a different preamble mode than the ZyXEL Device does it cannot communicate with the ZyXEL Device Authentication The process of verifying whether a wireless device is allowed to use the wireless network Fragmentation A small fragmentation threshold is recommended for busy networks Threshold while a larger threshold provides faster performance if the network is not very busy 8 8 3 Wireless Security Overview By their nature radio communications are simple to intercept For wireless data networks this means that anyone within range of a wireless network without security can not only read the data passing over the airwaves but also join the network Once an unauthorized person has access to the network he or she can steal information or introduce malware malicious software intended to compromise the network For these reasons a variety of security systems have been developed to ensure that only authorized people can use a wireless data network or understand the data carried on it These security standards do two things First they authenticate This means that only people presenting the right credentials often a username and password or a key phrase can access the network Second they encrypt This means that the information sent over the air is encoded Only people with the code key can understand the information and only people who have been authenticated are
132. ample with a dynamic IP address You must register for this service with a Dynamic DNS service provider IP Multicast IP multicast is used to send traffic to a specific group of computers The ZyXEL Device supports versions 1 and 2 of IGMP Internet Group Management Protocol used to join multicast groups see RFC 2236 Time and Date Get the current time and date from an external server when you turn on your ZyXEL Device You can also set the time manually These dates and times are then used in logs Logs Use logs for troubleshooting You can send logs from the ZyXEL Device to an external syslog server Universal Plug and Play UPnP A UPnP enabled device can dynamically join a network obtain an IP address and convey its capabilities to other devices on the network P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 24 Product Specifications Table 95 Firmware Specifications continued Firewall Your device has a stateful inspection firewall with DoS Denial of Service protection By default when the firewall is activated all incoming traffic from the WAN to the LAN is blocked unless it is initiated from the LAN The firewall supports TCP UDP inspection DoS detection and prevention real time alerts reports and logs URL Filtering URL filtering allows you to block access to Internet web sites of certain URL that you specify QoS Quality of Service You can efficiently manage traffi
133. any to Many Overload ILAL gt IGA1 ILA2 gt IGA2 ILA3 gt IGA1 ILA4 lt gt IGA2 Many to Many No Overload ILAL gt IGA1 ILA2 gt IGA2 ILA3 gt I1GA3 Server Server 1 IP gt IGA1 Server 2 IP gt IGA1 Server 3 IP gt IGA1 P 660HN T1H User s Guide 147 Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT P 660HN T1H User s Guide Firewall 10 1 Overview This chapter shows you how to enable the ZyXEL Device firewall Use the firewall to protect your ZyXEL Device and network from attacks by hackers on the Internet and control access to it By default the firewall e allows traffic that originates from your LAN computers to go to all other networks e blocks traffic that originates on other networks from going to the LAN e blocks SYN and port scanner attacks By default the ZyXEL Device blocks DDOS LAND and Ping of Death attacks whether the firewall is enabled or disabled 10 1 1 What You Can Do in the Firewall Screens Use the Firewall screen Section 10 2 on page 151 to enable firewall and or SPI on the ZyXEL Device 10 1 2 What You Need to Know About Firewall SYN Attack A SYN attack floods a targeted system with a series of SYN packets Each packet causes the targeted system to issue a SYN ACK response While the targeted system waits for the ACK that follows the SYN ACK it queues up all outstanding SYN ACK responses on a backlog queue SYN ACKs are moved off
134. apping Edit continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Global End IP This is the ending global IP address IGA This field is N A for One to One Many to One and Server mapping types Server Click this link to go to the Port Forwarding screen to edit a port Mapping Set forwarding set that you have selected in the Server Mapping Set field Edit Details Back Click this to return to the previous screen without saving Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings 9 5 The ALG Screen Some NAT routers may include a SIP Application Layer Gateway ALG A SIP ALG allows SIP calls to pass through NAT by examining and translating IP addresses embedded in the data stream When the ZyXEL Device registers with the SIP register server the SIP ALG translates the ZyXEL Device s private IP address inside the SIP data stream to a public IP address You do not need to use STUN or an outbound proxy if your ZyXEL Device is behind a SIP ALG Use this screen to enable and disable the SIP VoIP ALG in the ZyXEL Device To access this screen click Network gt NAT gt ALG Figure 69 Network gt NAT gt ALG MV Enable ALG Settings ALG SIP ALG Apply Reset The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 46 Network gt NAT gt ALG LABEL DESCRIPTION Enable SIP ALG Select this to make sure SIP VolP works correctl
135. apter 8 Wireless LAN and communicate with each other When Intra BSS traffic blocking is enabled wireless station A and B can still access the wired network but cannot communicate with each other Figure 56 Basic Service set a L s Li 1 L L 1 AP BSS i a B 1 A r r i s i 4 g s a A Q s L S E o w ot wa B Pid e a ss 8 8 6 MBSSID Traditionally you need to use different APs to configure different Basic Service Sets BSSs As well as the cost of buying extra APs there is also the possibility of channel interference The ZyXEL Device s MBSSID Multiple Basic Service Set Dentifier function allows you to use one access point to provide several BSSs simultaneously You can then assign varying QoS priorities and or security modes to different SSI Ds Wireless devices can use different BSSIDs to associate with the same AP 8 8 6 1 Notes on Multiple BSSs e A maximum of eight BSSs are allowed on one AP simultaneously e You must use different keys for different BSSs If two wireless devices have different BSSIDs they are in different BSSs but have the same keys they may hear each other s communications but not communicate with each other e MBSSID should not replace but rather be used in conjunction with 802 1x security P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN 8 8 7 Wireless Distribution System WDS T
136. ard that uses TCP IP for simple peer to peer network connectivity between devices A UPnP device can dynamically join a network obtain an IP address convey its capabilities and learn about other devices on the network In turn a device can leave a network smoothly and automatically when it is no longer in use 17 1 1 What You Can Do in the UPnP Screen Use the UPnP screen Section 17 2 on page 191 to enable UPnP on the ZyXEL Device and allow UPnP enabled applications to automatically configure the ZyXEL Device 17 1 2 What You Need to Know About UPnP Identifying UPnP Devices UPnP hardware is identified as an icon in the Network Connections folder Windows XP Each UPnP compatible device installed on your network will appear as a separate icon Selecting the icon of a UPnP device will allow you to access the information and properties of that device NAT Traversal UPnP NAT traversal automates the process of allowing an application to operate through NAT UPnP network devices can automatically configure network addressing announce their presence in the network to other UPnP devices and enable exchange of simple product and service descriptions NAT traversal allows the following e Dynamic port mapping e Learning public IP addresses e Assigning lease times to mappings P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 17 Universal Plug and Play UPnP Windows Messenger is an example of an application that supports NAT traversal and
137. ased VPI Virtual Path Identifier and VCI Virtual Channel Identifier define a ID virtual circuit Refer to the appendix for more information VPI Enter the VPI assigned to you This field may already be configured VCI Enter the VCI assigned to you This field may already be configured Back Click this to return to the previous screen without saving Next Click this to continue to the next wizard screen The next wizard screen you see depends on what protocol you chose above Exit Click this to close the wizard screen without saving 2 The next wizard screen varies depending on what mode and encapsulation type you use All screens shown are with routing mode Configure the fields and click Next to continue See Section 5 3 on page 66 for wireless connection wizard setup Figure 15 Internet Connection with PPPoE STEP1 gt STEP f Internet Configuration Please enter the e vord given to you by your Internet Service Provider here If your IS User Name Password iter it in the third field Service Name optional Note Device is automatically configured to obtain an IP address automatically The ISP will assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet sa Apnly et P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 5 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 8 Internet Connection with PPPoE
138. asting while RIP 2M uses multicasting Multicasting can reduce the load on non router machines since they generally do not listen to the RIP multicast address and so will not receive the RIP packets However if one router uses multicasting then all routers on your network must use multicasting also By default RIP direction is set to Both and the Version set to RIP 1 Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings 7 6 LAN Technical Reference This section provides some technical background information about the topics covered in this chapter P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Setup 7 6 1 LANs WANs and the ZyXEL Device The actual physical connection determines whether the ZyXEL Device ports are LAN or WAN ports There are two separate IP networks one inside the LAN network and the other outside the WAN network as shown next Figure 41 LAN and WAN IP Addresses 7 6 2 DHCP Setup DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol RFC 2131 and RFC 2132 allows individual clients to obtain TCP IP configuration at start up from a server You can configure the ZyXEL Device as a DHCP server or disable it When configured as a server the ZyXEL Device provides the TCP IP configuration for the clients If you turn DHCP service off you must have another DHCP server on your LAN or else the computer must be manually configured IP Pool Setup The ZyXEL Devi
139. ated users once they are connected to the network e Accounting Keeps track of the client s network activity RADIUS is a simple package exchange in which your AP acts as a message relay between the wireless client and the network RADIUS server Types of RADIUS Messages The following types of RADIUS messages are exchanged between the access point and the RADIUS server for user authentication e Access Request Sent by an access point requesting authentication e Access Reject Sent by a RADIUS server rejecting access e Access Accept Sent by a RADIUS server allowing access P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs e Access Challenge Sent by a RADIUS server requesting more information in order to allow access The access point sends a proper response from the user and then sends another Access Request message The following types of RADIUS messages are exchanged between the access point and the RADIUS server for user accounting e Accounting Request Sent by the access point requesting accounting e Accounting Response Sent by the RADIUS server to indicate that it has started or stopped accounting In order to ensure network security the access point and the RADIUS server use a shared secret key which is a password they both know The key is not sent over the network In addition to the shared key password information exchanged is also encrypted to protect the network from unauthorized access
140. beaauboasvaadaauud snd nna 135 9 3 The Port Forwarding BOGET irinin haiena eerie codes raheem ee tieaes 136 9 39 1 Configuring the Port Forwarding SQrgent ak ciiccdssciandian ie disianieed iiin 137 9 3 2 The Port Forwarding Rule Edit Sere isccccsisisccascssatascenassscsesnnriaddoceaeeiestesseouiccctncais 139 ga The Address Mapping Sa NEG aiiiar Eai i 140 9 4 1 The Address Mapping Rule Edit Screen eeccccecseeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeaeeseeneeeteaaeeeeeees 142 25 The FAL Gy OOO ea bdnlasndueceteaanunstudediuomalasaaendeaadaneuleaeels 143 96 NAT Technical Peer NCS maussa aea osha waite tain 144 SETTNA DEMONS sintonia aa ia TE amie a 144 96 2 Whal NAT DOES cccsicassseseccdanmeatacnescedesaniuenustacmeanenidaseatunaedavenieesaietenseeduaunguecesecuonrenans 144 eo ORE NAT WORS drinuiienana aa a AA 145 ARAT AE O aE 146 96 0 NAT Mapping TYPOS soricscnnsnisiin ioiai ia ai a 146 Chapter 10 Pire walleri arenei eE cass aed E ie 149 LUA EE T E PEE NEA T VE PE EAEE EN E IA A AE E PR EE AT 149 10 1 1 What You Can Do in the Firewall Screens oicssccccaccsnsecteccevesetncntdaeesteecsshietendseenteeea 149 10 1 2 What You Need to Know About Firewall ssssissssiisssissseiisssrrisssisnninsssinissrnsssiieninnnnsis 149 10 2 The Fonol Ooo a earn diamonanions 151 Chapter 11 E e A E E A EE E E A E A 153 T OVON aE arr Teer errr rrr errr reer rere rrr Terre rrr 153 111 1 What You Can Do in the Filter Screens susisoiisnensirienoon niena 153 11 1 2 What You Need to Know About F
141. ble 56 Advanced gt 802 1Q 1P gt Group Setting gt Edit continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Tx Tag Select Tx Tagging if you want the port to tag all outgoing traffic trasmitted through this VLAN You select this if you want to create VLANs across different devices and not just the ZyXEL Device Back Click this to return to the previous screen without saving Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings 13 3 The 802 1Q 1P Port Setting Screen Use this screen to configure the PVID for each port Click Advanced gt 802 1Q 1P gt Port Setting to display the following screen Figure 82 Advanced gt 802 1Q 1P gt Port Setting Port Setting Setting a E col Gal ca eed Rra aca fice 6G a foal eG eGo eGo VT TTT Tg Apply Cancel P 660HN T1H User s Guide 167 Chapter 13 802 1Q 1P The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 57 Advanced gt 802 1Q 1P gt Port Setting LABEL DESCRIPTION Ports This field displays the types of ports available to join the VLAN group 802 1Q PVID Assign a VLAN ID for the port The valid VID range is between 1 and 4094 The ZyXEL Device assigns the PVID to untagged frames or priority tagged frames received on this port Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings P 660HN T1H User
142. c direction P MAC Filter Rule Editing IP MAC Filter Rule Select the index number of the filter rule Index P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 11 Filters Table 52 Access Management gt Filter IP MAC continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Rule Type Select IP or MAC type to configure the rule Use the IP Filter to block traffic by IP addresses Use the MAC Filter to block traffic by MAC address Active Use this field to enable or disable the rule Source IP Address Enter the source IP address of the packets you wish to filter This field is ignored if it is 0 0 0 0 Subnet Mask Enter the IP subnet mask for the source IP address Port Number Enter the source port of the packets that you wish to filter The range of this field is 0 to 65535 This field is ignored if it is O Destination IP Address Enter the destination IP address of the packets you wish to filter This field is ignored if it is 0 0 0 0 Subnet Mask Port Number Enter the IP subnet mask for the destination IP address Enter the destination port of the packets that you wish to filter The range of this field is 0 to 65535 This field is ignored if it is 0 Protocol Select ICMP TCP or UDP for the upper layer protocol MAC Address This field is only available when you select MAC in the Rule Type field Enter the MAC address of the packets you wish to filter Rule Unmatched Select the
143. c on your network by reserving bandwidth and giving priority to certain types of traffic and or to particular computers Remote Management This allows you to decide whether a service HTTP or FTP traffic for example from a computer on a network LAN or WAN for example can access the ZyXEL Device PPPoE Support RFC2516 PPPoE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet emulates a dial up connection It allows your ISP to use their existing network configuration with newer broadband technologies such as ADSL The PPPoE driver on your device is transparent to the computers on the LAN which see only Ethernet and are not aware of PPPoE thus saving you from having to manage PPPoE clients on individual computers Other PPPoE Features PPPoE idle time out PPPoE dial on demand Multiple PVC Permanent Virtual Circuits Support Your device supports up to 8 Permanent Virtual Circuits PVCs IP Alias IP alias allows you to partition a physical network into logical networks over the same Ethernet interface Your device supports three logical LAN interfaces via its single physical Ethernet interface with the your device itself as the gateway for each LAN network Packet Filters Your device s packet filtering function allows added network security and management P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 24 Product Specifications Table 95 Firmware Specifications continued ADSL Standards Suppor
144. cal This refers to the packet address source or destination as the packet travels on the LAN Global This refers to the packet address source or destination as the packet travels on the WAN NAT never changes the IP address either local or global of an outside host 9 6 2 What NAT Does In the simplest form NAT changes the source IP address in a packet received from a subscriber the inside local address to another the inside global address before forwarding the packet to the WAN side When the response comes back NAT translates the destination address the inside global address back to the inside local address before forwarding it to the original inside host Note that the IP address either local or global of an outside host is never changed The global IP addresses for the inside hosts can be either static or dynamically assigned by the ISP In addition you can designate servers for example a web server and a telnet server on your local network and make them accessible to the P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT outside world If you do not define any servers for Many to One and Many to Many Overload mapping see Table 48 on page 147 NAT offers the additional benefit of firewall protection With no servers defined your ZyXEL Device filters out all incoming inquiries thus preventing intruders from probing your network For more information on IP address translation
145. can use IP precedence to prioritize packets in a layer 3 network IP precedence uses three bits of the eight bit ToS Type of Service field in the IP header There are eight classes of services ranging from zero to seven in IP precedence Zero is the lowest priority level and seven is the highest 14 3 3 Automatic Priority Queue Assignment If you enable QoS on the ZyXEL Device the ZyXEL Device can automatically base on the IEEE 802 1p priority level IP precedence and or packet length to assign priority to traffic which does not match a class The following table shows you the internal layer 2 and layer 3 QoS mapping on the ZyXEL Device On the ZyXEL Device traffic assigned to higher priority queues gets through faster while traffic in lower index queues is dropped if the network is congested Table 61 Internal Layer2 and Layer3 QoS Mapping LAYER 2 LAYER 3 PRIORITY IEEE 802 1P QUEUE USER PRIORITY TOS IP DSCP IP PACKET ETHERNET PRECEDENCE LENGTH BYTE PRIORITY 0 1 0 000000 2 2 0 0 000000 gt 1100 P 660HN T1H User s Guide 175 Chapter 14 Quality of Service QoS 176 Table 61 Internal Layer2 and Layer3 QoS Mapping LAYER 2 LAYER 3 PRIORITY IEEE 802 1P QUEUE USER PRIORITY TOS IP DSCP IP PACKET ETHERNET PRECEDENCE LENGTH BYTE PRIORITY 3 3 1 001110 250 1100 001100 001010 001000 4 4 2 010110 010100 010010 010000 5 5 3 011110 l
146. ce being that RIP 2B uses subnet broadcasting while RIP 2M uses multicasting 7 6 6 Multicast Traditionally IP packets are transmitted in one of either two ways Unicast 1 sender 1 recipient or Broadcast 1 sender everybody on the network Multicast delivers IP packets to a group of hosts on the network not everybody and not just 1 IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a Multicast group it is not used to carry user data IGMP version 2 RFC 2236 is an improvement over version 1 RFC 1112 but IGMP version 1 is still in wide use IGMP version 3 supports source filtering reporting or ignoring traffic from specific source address to a particular host on the network If you would like to read more detailed information about interoperability between IGMP version 2 and version 1 please see sections 4 and 5 of RFC 2236 The class D IP address is used to identify host groups and can be in the range 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 255 The address 224 0 0 0 is not assigned to any group and is used by IP multicast computers The address 224 0 0 1 is used for query messages and is assigned to the permanent group of all IP hosts including gateways All hosts must join the 224 0 0 1 group in order to participate in IGMP The address 224 0 0 2 is assigned to the multicast routers group The ZyXEL Device supports IGMP version 1 I1GMP v1 IGMP version 2 I GMP v2 and IGMP version 3 IG
147. ce is pre configured with a pool of IP addresses for the DHCP clients DHCP Pool See the product specifications in the appendices Do not assign static IP addresses from the DHCP pool to your LAN computers 7 6 3 DNS Server Addresses DNS Domain Name System maps a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa The DNS server is extremely important because without it you must know the IP address of a computer before you can access it The DNS server addresses you enter when you set up DHCP are passed to the client machines along with the assigned IP address and subnet mask There are two ways that an ISP disseminates the DNS server addresses P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Setup e The ISP tells you the DNS server addresses usually in the form of an information sheet when you sign up If your ISP gives you DNS server addresses enter them in the DNS Server fields in the DHCP Setup screen e Some ISPs choose to disseminate the DNS server addresses using the DNS server extensions of PCP IP Control Protocol after the connection is up If your ISP did not give you explicit DNS servers chances are the DNS servers are conveyed through IPCP negotiation The ZyXEL Device supports the IPCP DNS server extensions through the DNS proxy feature Please note that DNS proxy works only when the ISP uses the IPCP DNS server extensions It does not mean you can leave the DNS servers out of the DHCP setup under all circu
148. cess Control IEEE 802 11e QoS IEEE 802 11 e Wireless LAN for Quality of Service ANSI 11 413 Issue 2 Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line ADSL standard G dmt G 992 1 G 992 1 Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line ADSL Transceivers ITU G 992 1 G DMT ITU standard for ADSL using discrete multitone modulation ITU G 992 2 G Lite ITU standard for ADSL using discrete multitone modulation ITU G 992 3 ITU standard also referred to as ADSL2 that extends the G dmt bis capability of basic ADSL in data rates ITU G 992 4 ITU standard also referred to as ADSL2 that extends the G lite bis capability of basic ADSL in data rates ITU G 992 5 ADSL2 ITU standard also referred to as ADSL2 that extends the capability of basic ADSL by doubling the number of downstream bits Microsoft PPTP MS PPTP Microsoft s implementation of Point to Point Tunneling Protocol MBM v2 Media Bandwidth Management v2 RFC 2383 ST2 over ATM Protocol Specification UNI 3 1 Version TR 069 TR 069 DSL Forum Standard for CPE Wan Management 1 363 5 Compliant AAL5 SAR Segmentation And Re assembly P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 24 Product Specifications 24 4 Power Adaptor Specifications Table 98 ZyXEL Device Series Power Adaptor Specifications NORTH AMERICAN PLUG STANDARDS AC Power Adapter Model 12V 1A SOCB PA Input Power AC 120Volts 60Hz Output Power DC
149. col for example if charging heavily depends on the number of simultaneous VCs 6 4 3 VPI and VCI Be sure to use the correct Virtual Path Identifier VPI and Virtual Channel Identifier VCI numbers assigned to you The valid range for the VPI is O to 255 and for the VCI is 32 to 65535 0 to 31 is reserved for local management of ATM traffic Please see the appendix for more information 6 4 4 IP Address Assignment A static IP is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP is not fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time The Single User Account feature can be enabled or disabled if you have either a dynamic or static IP However the encapsulation method assigned influences your choices for IP address and ENET ENCAP gateway IP Assignment with PPPoA or PPPoE Encapsulation If you have a dynamic IP then the IP Address and Gateway IP Address fields are not applicable N A If you have a static IP then you only need to fill in the IP Address field and not the Gateway IP Address field P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup IP Assignment with RFC 1483 Encapsulation In this case the IP address assignment must be static IP Assignment with ENET ENCAP Encapsulation In this case you can have either a static or dynamic IP For a static IP you must fill in all the IP Address and Gateway IP Address fields as supplied by your ISP However for a dynamic IP the ZyXEL Device acts as a DHCP client on the WAN
150. creen Figure 32 Network gt WAN gt More Connections Edit General I Active Node Name Mode Encapsulation User Name Password Service Name Multiplex VPI VCI IP address Static IP Address IP Address Subnet Mask ENET ENCAP Gateway Connection Nailed Up Connection Connect on Demand Max Idle Timeout NAT None SUA Only Edit Back Node2 Routing v PPPoE z uc ao Obtain an IP Address Automatically 0 Sec Apply Cancel Advanced Setup P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 19 Network gt WAN gt More Connections Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION General Active Select the check box to activate or clear the check box to deactivate this connection Name Enter a unique descriptive name of up to 13 ASCII characters for this connection Mode Select Routing from the drop down list box if your ISP allows multiple computers to share an Internet account If you select Bridge the ZyXEL Device will forward any packet that it does not route to this remote node otherwise the packets are discarded Encapsulation Select the method of encapsulation used by your ISP from the drop down list box Choices vary depending on the mode you select in the Mode field If you select Bridge in the Mode field select either PPPoA or RFC 1483 If you select Routing in the Mod
151. creens You need to configure an authentication server to do this Back Click this to return to the previous screen without saving Next Click this to continue to the next wizard screen Exit Click this to close the wizard screen without saving P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 5 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard 5 3 2 Manually Assign a WEP Key Choose Manually assign a WEP key to setup WEP Encryption parameters Figure 25 Manually Assign a WEP key L Note On the last page of the Wireless Setup wizard you will have a chance write down this key and your network settings for safekeeping The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 15 Manually Assign a WEP key LABEL DESCRIPTION Key The WEP keys are used to encrypt data Both the ZyXEL Device and the wireless stations must use the same WEP key for data transmission Enter any 5 or 13 ASCII characters or 10 or 26 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F for a 64 bit or 128 bit WEP key respectively Back Click this to return to the previous screen without saving Next Click this to continue to the next wizard screen Exit Click this to close the wizard screen without saving 5 Click Apply to save your wireless LAN settings Figure 26 Wireless LAN Setup 3 STEP gt STEP 2 fa Wireless LAN Please Click the Apply Button to Save the Wireless LAN settings j Note If you are currently using a Wirele
152. ctions that need CBR would be high resolution video and voice Variable Bit Rate VBR The Variable Bit Rate VBR ATM traffic class is used with bursty connections Connections that use the Variable Bit Rate VBR traffic class can be grouped into real time VBR RT or non real time VBR nRT connections P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup The VBR RT real time Variable Bit Rate type is used with bursty connections that require closely controlled delay and delay variation It also provides a fixed amount of bandwidth a PCR is specified but is only available when data is being sent An example of an VBR RT connection would be video conferencing Video conferencing requires real time data transfers and the bandwidth requirement varies in proportion to the video image s changing dynamics The VBR nRT non real time Variable Bit Rate type is used with bursty connections that do not require closely controlled delay and delay variation It is commonly used for bursty traffic typical on LANs PCR and MBS define the burst levels SCR defines the minimum level An example of an VBR nRT connection would be non time sensitive data file transfers Unspecified Bit Rate UBR The Unspecified Bit Rate UBR ATM traffic class is for bursty data transfers However UBR doesn t guarantee any bandwidth and only delivers traffic when the network has spare bandwidth An example application is background file transfer P 660HN T1
153. d setup are correct P 660HN T1H User s Guide WAN Setup 6 1 Overview This chapter describes how to configure WAN settings from the WAN screens Use these screens to configure your ZyXEL Device for Internet access A WAN Wide Area Network connection is an outside connection to another network or the Internet It connects your private networks such as a LAN Local Area Network and other networks so that a computer in one location can communicate with computers in other locations Figure 28 LAN and WAN 6 1 1 What You Can Do in the WAN Screens Use the Internet Access Setup screen Section 6 2 on page 73 to configure the WAN settings on the ZyXEL Device for Internet access e Use the More Connections screen Section 6 3 on page 77 to set up additional Internet access connections 6 1 2 What You Need to Know About WAN Encapsulation Method Encapsulation is used to include data from an upper layer protocol into a lower layer protocol To set up a WAN connection to the Internet you need to use the same encapsulation method used by your ISP Internet Service Provider If your ISP offers a dial up Internet connection using PPPoE PPP over Ethernet or PPPoA P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup they should also provide a username and password and service name for user authentication WAN IP Address The WAN IP address is an IP address for the ZyXEL Device which makes it accessible from
154. decompress compressed zip files before you can upload them Upload Click this to begin the upload process This process may take up to two minutes After you see the Firmware Upload in Progress screen wait two minutes before logging into the ZyXEL Device again Figure 102 Firmware Upload In Progress Firmware Upload In Progress Do not Turn Off the Device Please Wait Please wait for the device to finish restarting PWR LED is on steady This should take about two minutes To access the device after a successful firmware upload you need to log in again Check your new firmware version in the system status menu eS P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 21 Tools The ZyXEL Device automatically restarts in this time causing a temporary network disconnect In some operating systems you may see the following icon on your desktop Figure 103 Network Temporarily Disconnected D Local Area Connection Network cable unplugged After two minutes log in again and check your new firmware version in the Status screen If the upload was not successful the following screen will appear Click Return to go back to the Firmware screen Figure 104 Error Message System Upload Firmware upload error The uploaded file was not accepted by the device Please return to the previous page and select a valid upgrade file Click Help for more information Return P 660HN
155. detie Hendry ae seiedaar mind heen 90 Ta The DACP Slup SEEEN auian anioe aa Ei aaa N aa aa i AEA 91 ZA A PND URE SPN tiie se rc rd cers cetera cca abe a a 92 ZS Ue AS SOW irinin a erie vised aaa a 93 751 Contouring the LAN IP Alias SOGN ossiani inaani aia 94 TG LAN Tepina eSNG oriee E auce Sear taceoneecuedas 95 7 6 1 LANS WANS and the ZyXEL DEVICE osoraino idaan 96 nee DACP SEUD acano a odii 96 TOA DNS SoN Er ANTEE iea aE a 96 ae oe E E a N A N A E VO AEE EAA IE T EEO E eran N A NORTE AATAS 97 TES RIF ORUD ario E E eelnam trem niadeaeuiedtaus 98 76G MONICAS araia A O 99 Chapter 8 WireSS LAN rinna aiaa 101 oT RIO ioniga a 101 8 1 1 What You Can Do in the Wireless LAN Screens c cccscccccccsececceseeesesssssteaeeseeees 101 8 1 2 What You Need to Know About Wireless cccccccccecceceeeeeesecaeaeeeseseseeseeeseeeseeeees 102 BASS Boor YOU SIAE sanoan wird date a iiseee sn teladaaetaw micas 102 ee TE GEREN aissa aE EEE A E 103 Nh PR NN E A TET A deans hap ised E EON A NE 104 Bae WEP EDOYPIOM ssrscaiicigii a i aE OAS ia 105 ao NPN PPOR iaaa 106 2k NPR ZI AUNO AO onana sasnaiasaet icaadeuieadencemetae amie 107 8 25 Wireless LAN Atvanced SOUD casctescctcinsuesedcde insedascucanesedonsnaieesnicanctendnesiedelanieensesad 108 IRE o a a a E S E O a 110 8 3 The More AP ae I acne sseid waksud egacecvadasste ce lacdace ia a TH SO T Wi FP EOI see tease tales eee acorn eae nats aera nla cage Meade a arte eee cs Pet eas 112 gA The WPS i ce
156. ds in order to stay connected Enter a time interval between 10 and 9999 seconds Note If wireless station authentication is done using a RADIUS server the reauthentication timer on the RADIUS server has priority Idle Timeout The ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects a wireless station from the wired network after a period of inactivity The wireless station needs to enter the username and password again before access to the wired network is allowed WPA Group Key The Group Key Update Timer is the rate at which the AP if using Update Timer WPA 2 PSK key management or RADIUS server if using WPA 2 key management sends a new group key out to all clients The re keying process is the WPA 2 equivalent of automatically changing the WEP key for an AP and all stations in a WLAN on a periodic basis P 660HN T1H User s Guide 1 07 Chapter 8 Wireless LAN Table 30 Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP WPA 2 LABEL DESCRIPTION Authentication Server IP Address Enter the IP address of the external authentication server in dotted decimal notation Port Number Enter the port number of the external authentication server You need not change this value unless your network administrator instructs you to do so with additional information Shared Secret Enter a password up to 31 alphanumeric characters as the key to be shared between the external authentication server and the ZyXEL Device The
157. e Chapter 23 Troubleshooting e If you changed the IP address Section 7 2 on page 89 use the new IP address e If you changed the IP address and have forgotten it see the troubleshooting suggestions for forgot the IP address for the ZyXEL Device 2 Check the hardware connections and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected See the Quick Start Guide 3 Make sure your Internet browser does not block pop up windows and has JavaScripts and Java enabled See Appendix C on page 279 4 Reset the device to its factory defaults and try to access the ZyXEL Device with the default IP address See Section 1 6 on page 25 5 If the problem continues contact the network administrator or vendor or try one of the advanced suggestions Advanced Suggestions e Try to access the ZyXEL Device using another service such as Telnet If you can access the ZyXEL Device check the remote management settings and firewall rules to find out why the ZyXEL Device does not respond to HTTP e If your computer is connected to the WAN port or is connected wirelessly use a computer that is connected to a ETHERNET port can see the Login screen but cannot log in to the ZyXEL Device 1 Make sure you have entered the password correctly The default admin password is 1234 The field is case sensitive so make sure Caps Lock is not on 2 You cannot log in to the web configurator while someone is using Telnet to access the ZyXEL Device
158. e Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Successful HTTPS login HTTPS login failed Someone has logged on to the router s web configurator interface using HTTPS protocol Someone has failed to log on to the router s web configurator interface using HTTPS protocol Table 75 System Error Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION ss exceeds the max number of session per This attempt to create a NAT session exceeds the maximum number of NAT session table entries allowed to host be created per host setNetBIOSFilter calloc The router failed to allocate memory for the NetBIOS error filter settings readNetBIOSFilter calloc The router failed to allocate memory for the NetBIOS error filter settings WAN connection is down A WAN connection is down You cannot access the network through this interface Table 76 Access Control Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION lt Packet Direction gt lt rule d gt Firewall default policy TCP Attempted TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF access UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF matched the default policy and was blocked or lt Packet Direction gt forwarded according to the default policy s setting Firewall rule NOT match TCP Attempted TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF access UDP IGMP ESP GRE OSPF matched or did not match a configured firewall rule denoted by its number and was blocked or forwarded acc
159. e SSID with Hide SSID Enabled MAC Address Filtering WEP Encryption EEE802 1x EAP with RADIUS Server Authentication Wi Fi Protected Access WPA WPA2 Most Secure Note You must enable the same wireless security settings on the ZyXEL Device and on all wireless clients that you want to associate with it P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs IEEE 802 1x In June 2001 the IEEE 802 1x standard was designed to extend the features of IEEE 802 11 to support extended authentication as well as providing additional accounting and control features It is supported by Windows XP and a number of network devices Some advantages of IEEE 802 1x are e User based identification that allows for roaming e Support for RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial In User Service RFC 2138 2139 for centralized user profile and accounting management on a network RADIUS server e Support for EAP Extensible Authentication Protocol RFC 2486 that allows additional authentication methods to be deployed with no changes to the access point or the wireless clients RADIUS RADIUS is based on a client server model that supports authentication authorization and accounting The access point is the client and the server is the RADIUS server The RADIUS server handles the following tasks e Authentication Determines the identity of the users Authorization Determines the network services available to authentic
160. e Select this radio button if you have multiple public WAN IP addresses for your ZyXEL Device Max NAT When computers use peer to peer applications such as file sharing Firewall Session applications they need to establish NAT sessions If you do not limit the Per User number of NAT sessions a single client can establish this can result in all of the available NAT sessions being used In this case no additional NAT sessions can be established and users may not be able to access the Internet Each NAT session establishes a corresponding firewall session Use this field to limit the number of NAT Firewall sessions client computers can establish through the ZyXEL Device If your network has a small number of clients using peer to peer applications you can raise this number to ensure that their performance is not degraded by the number of NAT sessions they can establish If your network has a large number of users using peer to peer applications you can lower this number to ensure no single client is exhausting all of the available NAT sessions P 660HN T1H User s Guide 135 Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Table 41 Network gt NAT gt General continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings 9 3 The Port Forwarding Screen Note This screen is available only when you select SUA only in the NAT
161. e and Network WI NI RIO Redirect datagrams for the Type of Service and Host Echo Echo message 11 Time Exceeded Time to live exceeded in transit Fragment reassembly time exceeded Parameter Problem Pointer indicates the error Timestamp Timestamp request message Timestamp Reply Timestamp reply message Information Request P 660HN T1H User s Guide 217 Chapter 20 Logs Table 87 ICMP Notes continued TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 0 Information request message 16 Information Reply 0 Information reply message Table 88 Syslog Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION lt Facility 8 Severity gt Mon dd This message is sent by the system RAS hr mm ss hostname displays as the system name if you haven t src lt srcIP srcPort gt configured one when the router generates a dst lt dstIP dstPort gt syslog The facility is defined in the web MAIN msg lt msg gt note lt note gt MENU gt LOGS gt Log Settings page The severity is devID lt mac address last three the log s syslog class The definition of messages numbers gt cat lt category gt and notes are defined in the various log charts throughout this appendix The devi D is the last three characters of the MAC address of the router s LAN port The cat is the same as the category in the router s logs The following table sho
162. e field select PPPoA RFC 1483 ENET ENCAP or PPPoE Multiplexing Select the method of multiplexing used by your ISP from the drop down list Choices are VC or LLC By prior agreement a protocol is assigned a specific virtual circuit for example VC1 will carry IP If you select VC specify separate VPI and VCI numbers for each protocol For LLC based multiplexing or PPP encapsulation one VC carries multiple protocols with protocol identifying information being contained in each packet header In this case only one set of VPI and VCI numbers need be specified for all protocols VPI The valid range for the VPI is 0 to 255 Enter the VPI assigned to you VCI The valid range for the VCI is 32 to 65535 0 to 31 is reserved for local management of ATM traffic Enter the VCI assigned to you IP Address This option is available if you select Routing in the Mode field A static IP address is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP address is not fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet If you use the encapsulation type except RFC 1483 select Obtain an IP Address Automatically when you have a dynamic IP address otherwise select Static I P Address and type your ISP assigned IP address in the IP Address field below If you use RFC 1483 enter the IP address given by your ISP in the IP Address field Subnet Mask This option is available if you select
163. e most appropriate standard to use e What security options do the other wireless devices in your network support WPA PSK for example What is the strongest security option supported by all the devices in your network e Do the other wireless devices in your network support WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup If so you can set up a well secured network very easily Even if some of your devices support WPS and some do not you can use WPS to set up your network and then add the non WPS devices manually although this is somewhat more complicated to do e What advanced options do you want to configure if any If you want to configure advanced options such as Quality of Service ensure that you know precisely what you want to do If you do not want to configure advanced options leave them as they are 8 2 The AP Screen Use this screen to configure the wireless settings of your ZyXEL Device Click Network gt Wireless LAN to open the AP screen Figure 42 Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP Wireless Setup M Enable Wireless LAN Channel Selection Channelog 2452MHzZ current Channel 5 Common Setup I Enable SSID Autogeneration Name SSID fRt3390 1 I Hide SSID Security Mode No Security MAC Filter Allow Association Edit Qos I Enable Qos Apply Cancel Advanced Setup P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN The following t able describes the labels in this screen Table 26
164. e plaintext passwords the passwords must be stored Thus someone other than the authentication server may access the password file In addition it is possible to impersonate an authentication server as MD5 authentication method does not perform mutual authentication Finally MD5 authentication method does not support data encryption with dynamic session key You must configure WEP encryption keys for data encryption EAP TLS Transport Layer Security With EAP TLS digital certifications are needed by both the server and the wireless clients for mutual authentication The server presents a certificate to the client After validating the identity of the server the client sends a different certificate to the server The exchange of certificates is done in the open before a secured tunnel is created This makes user identity vulnerable to passive attacks A digital certificate is an electronic ID card that authenticates the sender s identity However to implement EAP TLS you need a Certificate Authority CA to handle certificates which imposes a management overhead EAP TTLS Tunneled Transport Layer Service EAP TTLS is an extension of the EAP TLS authentication that uses certificates for only the server side authentications to establish a secure connection Client authentication is then done by sending username and password through the secure connection thus client identity is protected For client authentication EAP TTLS supports EAP m
165. e routing entry as an IP spoofing attack ip spoofing no routing entry ICMP type d code d The firewall classified an ICMP packet with no source routing entry as an IP spoofing attack vulnerability ICMP type d code d The firewall detected an ICMP vulnerability attack traceroute ICMP code d type Sd The firewall detected an ICMP traceroute attack Table 85 802 1X Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION RADIUS accepts user A user was authenticated by the RADIUS Server RADIUS rejects user Pls check RADIUS Server A user was not authenticated by the RADIUS Server Please check the RADIUS Server User logout because of session timeout expired The router logged out a user whose session expired authentication response from user User logout because of user The router logged out a user who ended the deassociation session User logout because of no The router logged out a user from which there was no authentication response User logout because of idle timeout expired The router logged out a user whose idle timeout period expired User logout because of user request A user logged out o response from RADIUS Pls check RADIUS Server There is no response message from the RADIUS server please check the RADIUS server Use RADIUS to authenticate user The RADIUS server is operating as the authentication ser
166. e the URL Filter screen Section 11 2 on page 154 to block access to web sites e Use the Application Filter screen Section 11 3 on page 155 to allow or deny traffic from certain types of applications Use the IP MAC Filter screen Section 11 4 on page 156 to create IP MAC filter rules What You Need to Know About Filtering URL The URL Uniform Resource Locator identifies and helps locates resources on a network On the Internet the URL is the web address that you type in the address bar of your Internet browser for example http www zyxel com IP MAC Filter Structure An IP MAC filter set consists of one or more filter rules The ZyXEL Device allows you to configure up to twelve filter sets with six rules in each set for a total of 72 filter rules in the system P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 11 Filters 11 2 The URL Filter Screen Use this screen to block websites by URL Click Security gt Filter gt URL Filter The screen appears as shown Figure 73 Security gt Filter gt URL Filter URL Filter Editing URL Filter Activated Deactivated URL Index l 1 x URL l URL Filter Listing On oauwnkh Un Pel ll oll ol lll or lt aomr WNer OO Apply Delete Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 50 Access Management gt Filter URL LABEL DESCRIPTION URL Filter Editing Active Use this field to enable
167. e topics covered in this chapter IEEE 802 1p specifies the user priority field and defines up to eight separate traffic types The following table describes the traffic types defined in the IEEE 802 1d standard which incorporates the 802 1p Table 60 IEEE 802 1p Priority Level and Traffic Type PRIORITY LEVEL TRAFFIC TYPE Level 7 Typically used for network control traffic such as router configuration messages Level 6 Typically used for voice traffic that is especially sensitive to jitter jitter is the variations in delay 174 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 14 Quality of Service QoS Table 60 IEEE 802 1p Priority Level and Traffic Type PRIORITY LEVEL TRAFFIC TYPE Level 5 Typically used for video that consumes high bandwidth and is sensitive to jitter Level 4 Typically used for controlled load latency sensitive traffic such as SNA Systems Network Architecture transactions Level 3 Typically used for excellent effort or better than best effort and would include important business traffic that can tolerate some delay Level 2 This is for spare bandwidth Level 1 This is typically used for non critical background traffic such as bulk transfers that are allowed but that should not affect other applications and users Level 0 Typically used for best effort traffic 14 3 2 IP Precedence Similar to IEEE 802 1p prioritization at layer 2 you
168. e traffic from A You may need to additionally configure B s firewall settings to allow specific traffic to pass through P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorials 4 5 Multiple Public and Private IP Address Mappings If your ISP gives you more than one static IP address for your Internet access you can map each IP address for a specific service This tutorial assumes you are given two static public IP addresses You want to map them to two servers A and B This tutorial uses the following example settings Table 6 IP Settings in this Tutorial DEVICE COMPUTER IP ADDRESS The ZyXEL Device s WAN 172 16 1 253 IP 1 172 16 1 254 IP 2 The ZyXEL Device s LAN 192 168 1 1 A 192 168 1 2 B 192 168 1 3 C a b c d To do this you can use either of the following settings e Full Feature NAT with many to many no overload mapping e Full Feature NAT with one to one mapping P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorials 4 5 1 Full Feature NAT Many to Many No Overload Mapping Use this setting if your applications can use random public IP addresses and the applications are initiated from the Intranet computers A and B For example VoIP application See Section 4 5 2 on page 52 if it is not To configure this 1 Click Network gt NAT 2 Select Active Network Address Translation NAT and Full Feature in the General screen Click Apply General A NAT Setup
169. ecret code If you do not know the secret code you cannot understand the message The types of encryption you can choose depend on the type of authentication See Section 8 8 3 3 on page 122 for information about this Table 40 Types of Encryption for Each Type of Authentication NO AUTHENTICATION RADIUS SERVER Weakest No Security WPA Static WEP t WPA PSK Strongest WPA2 PSK WPA2 122 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN For example if the wireless network has a RADIUS server you can choose WPA or WPA2 If users do not log in to the wireless network you can choose no encryption Static WEP WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK Usually you should set up the strongest encryption that every device in the wireless network supports For example suppose you have a wireless network with the ZyXEL Device and you do not have a RADIUS server Therefore there is no authentication Suppose the wireless network has two devices Device A only supports WEP and device B supports WEP and WPA Therefore you should set up Static WEP in the wireless network Note It is recommended that wireless networks use WPA PSK WPA or stronger encryption The other types of encryption are better than none at all but it is still possible for unauthorized wireless devices to figure out the original information pretty quickly When you select WPA2 or WPA2 PSK in your ZyXEL Device you can also select an option WPA co
170. ed This field displays the name of the wireless profile on the network When a wireless client scans for an AP to associate with this is the name that is broadcast and seen in the wireless client utility Security This field indicates the security mode of the SSID profile Modify Click the Edit icon to configure the SSID profile Click the Remove icon to hide the SSID in the outgoing beacon frame so a station cannot obtain the SSID through scanning using a site survey tool P 660HN T1H User s Guide Ka Chapter 8 Wireless LAN Table 33 Network gt Wireless LAN gt More AP LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings 8 3 1 More AP Edit Use this screen to edit an SSID profile Click the Edit icon next to an SSID in the More AP screen The following screen displays Figure 50 Network gt Wireless LAN gt More AP Edit Common Setup Name SSID I Hide SSID Security Mode MAC Filter QoS ZyXELO2 No Security x Allow Association Edit 7 Enable QoS Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 34 Network gt Wireless LAN gt More AP Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Network Name SSID Hide SSID The SSID Service Set Dentity identifies the service set with which a wireless device is associated Enter a descriptive name up
171. ed to encrypt data Both the ZyXEL Device and the wireless stations must use the same WEP key for data transmission If you want to manually set the WEP key enter any 5 or 13 characters ASCII string or 10 or 26 hexadecimal characters 0 9 A F for a 64 bit or 128 bit WEP key respectively 8 2 3 WPA 2 PSK Use this screen to configure and enable WPA 2 PSK authentication Click Network gt Wireless LAN to display the AP screen Select WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK from the Security Mode list Figure 45 Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP WPA 2 PSK Common Setup Name SSID zyxeon S I Hide SSID Security Mode wPa Psk Pre Shared Key CO WPA Group Key Update Timer 10 In Seconds The following table describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen Table 29 Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP WPA 2 PSK LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Mode Choose WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK from the drop down list box Pre Shared Key The encryption mechanisms used for WPA 2 and WPA 2 PSK are the same The only difference between the two is that WPA 2 PSK uses a simple common password instead of user specific credentials Type a pre shared key from 8 to 63 case sensitive ASCII characters including spaces and symbols Update Timer WPA Group Key The Group Key Update Timer is the rate at which the AP if using WPA 2 PSK key management or RADIUS server if using WPA 2 key management se
172. een Figure 37 Network gt LAN gt DHCP Setup DHCP Server DHCP Setup DHCP Server IP Pool Starting Address 192 168 1 2 Pool Size B2 Remote DHCP Server o 0 0 0 DNS Server DNS Servers Assigned by DHCP Server Primary DNS Server 0 0 0 0 Secondary DNS Server 0 0 0 0 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 23 Network gt LAN gt DHCP Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION DHCP Setup DHCP If set to Server your ZyXEL Device can assign IP addresses an IP default gateway and DNS servers to Windows 95 Windows NT and other systems that support the DHCP client If set to None the DHCP server will be disabled If set to Relay the ZyXEL Device acts as a surrogate DHCP server and relays DHCP requests and responses between the remote server and the clients Enter the IP address of the actual remote DHCP server in the Remote DHCP Server field in this case When DHCP is used the following items need to be set IP Pool Starting This field specifies the first of the contiguous addresses in the IP Address address pool Pool Size This field specifies the size or count of the IP address pool Remote DHCP If Relay is selected in the DHCP field above then enter the IP Server address of the actual remote DHCP server here DNS Server P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Setup Table 23 Network gt LAN gt DHCP Setup
173. een resolution is 1024 by 768 pixels In order to use the web configurator you need to allow e Web browser pop up windows from your device Web pop up blocking is enabled by default in Windows XP SP Service Pack 2 e JavaScripts enabled by default e Java permissions enabled by default See Appendix C on page 279 if you need to make sure these functions are allowed in Internet Explorer 2 1 1 Accessing the Web Configurator 1 Make sure your ZyXEL Device hardware is properly connected refer to the Quick Start Guide 2 Launch your web browser 3 Type 192 168 1 1 as the URL P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 2 The Web Configurator 4 A password screen displays To access the administrative web configurator and manage the ZyXEL Device type the admin password 1234 by default in the password screen and click Login Click Cancel to revert to the default user password in the password field If you have changed the password enter your password and click Login Figure 3 Password Screen 5 The following screen displays if you have not yet changed your password It is strongly recommended you change the default password Enter a new password retype it to confirm and click Apply alternatively click I gnore to proceed to the main menu if you do not want to change the password now Figure 4 Change Password Screen Use this screen to change the password P 6
174. eless LAN MAC Address Your device can check the MAC addresses of wireless stations against a list of allowed or denied MAC addresses WEP Encryption WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy encrypts data frames before transmitting over the wireless network to help keep network communications private Wi Fi Protected Access WPA2 Wi Fi Protected Access WPA is a subset of the IEEE 802 11i security standard Key differences between WPA and WEP are user authentication and improved data encryption WPA 2 is a wireless security standard that defines stronger encryption authentication and key management than WPA P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 24 Product Specifications Table 96 Wireless Features WMM QoS WMM Wi Fi MultiMedia QoS Quality of Service allows you to prioritize wireless traffic according to the delivery requirements of individual services Other Wireless Features WDS wireless client G 570S v2 IEEE 802 11n Compliance Frequency Range 2 4 GHz Advanced Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing OFDM Data Rates 150Mbps and Auto Fallback EIRP 22dBm Wired Equivalent Privacy WEP Data Encryption 64 128 WLAN bridge to LAN 32 MAC Address filter WPA WPA PSK WPA2 WPA2 PSK WPS IEEE 802 1x EAP MD5 TLS and TTLS WMM WDS Multi BSSID 4 BSSIDs Wireless Scheduling The following list which is not exhaustive illustrates the standards supported in the ZyXE
175. em Log SEa apa AA Sei 209 e Re af Bsc ee a e T E E E E E E E terre 211 Chapter 21 WONG cc inctestictepiaresuucieiiaseccaute paniesiacievaelevaaiwetautedacseseaeinudalmataumeianieiduassuaniediaasasasnetassaiseannagiaassecais 219 TONON gree ee ey ee eR ME oa A aOR oe Re rr Sr 219 21 1 1 What You Can Do in the Tool Screens cccccccccccccceccececaeaeaeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeens 219 21 2 The Fimware SBE ueira sacs conteaaddcdaath oe save seamen cacueaenie a EA E Sri 219 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Table of Contents lo The Caniouraton Sere Bi ssc sscstisiaimectiseatataancisias anaemia a nniealsa magni pepaaasanneieae 222 CAK Sh tar deat ahs seeder ee daa cerned ane ilar pc A A A N 225 Chapter 22 EPA GUNG sei sssicisesensnsctesasiassascdiarsessadsasasisiendasinsusiaerensesiabeasaiaasiauantusassueuasialeasasiasasiasnersesmamiaasiaie 227 BAA COMBINE aiiiar A lace A a 227 22 1 1 What You Can Do in the Diagnostic Screens sisisi irnnneisannans ianiai 227 Pee e os a oE aia rent Famer Per rere retro ar rrr pert ree erie eee errr rr eer 227 ee he Sls EIS CUNY ia staat eae aa Re peo 228 Chapter 23 TRUE NNR assists pase gens csscrdan knit aene naa araa iaar a niania Eiee 231 23 1 Power Hardware Connections and LEDS ccccccceseseseeeeeeeeeeeececeeceeeeeeueeeaeaesauaeeeaeaes 231 23 2 LYXEL Device Access and LOGIT cccssscncciccsstetccadeh mts derentionssertauimecectvanieecuettateeraeeeaminenieis 232 ed e ea e E A N E EA E E A
176. en to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can access the SNMP agent on the ZyXEL Device DNS Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device ICMP Use this screen to set whether or not your device will respond to pings and probes for services that you have not made available UPnP General Use this screen to turn UPnP on or off CWMP Use this screen to have a management server manage the ZyXEL Device Maintenance System General Use this screen to configure your device s password Time and Date Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s time and date Logs System Log Use this screen to select which logs your device is to record Tools Firmware Use this screen to upload firmware to your device Configuration Use this screen to backup and restore your device s configuration settings or reset the factory default settings Restart This screen allows you to reboot the ZyXEL Device without turning the power off Diagnostic General Use this screen to test the connections to other devices DSL Line This screen displays information to help you identify problems with the DSL connection 2 2 3 Main Window The main window displays information and configuration fields It is discussed in the rest of this document Right after you log in the Status screen is displayed See Chapter 3 on page 33 for more information abou
177. en two WPS enabled devices connect each device must assume a specific role One device acts as the registrar the device that supplies network and security settings and the other device acts as the enrollee the device that receives network and security settings The registrar creates a secure EAP Extensible Authentication Protocol tunnel and sends the network name SSID and the WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK pre shared key to the enrollee Whether WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK is used depends on the standards supported by the devices If the registrar is already part of a network it sends the existing information If not it generates the SSID and WPA 2 PSK randomly P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN The following figure shows a WPS enabled client installed in a notebook computer connecting to a WPS enabled access point Figure 59 How WPS works ACTIVATE ACTIVATE WPS WPS WITHIN 2 MINUTES SECURE TUNNEL SECURITY INFO COMMUNICATION K m ZAN The roles of registrar and enrollee last only as long as the WPS setup process is active two minutes The next time you use WPS a different device can be the registrar if necessary The WPS connection process is like a handshake only two devices participate in each WPS transaction If you want to add more devices you should repeat the process with one of the existing networked devices and the new device Note that the access point AP is not always the regi
178. ending on whether you have an external RADIUS server or not Select WEP only when the AP and or wireless clients do not support WPA or WPA2 WEP is less secure than WPA or WPA2 Encryption WPA improves data encryption by using Temporal Key Integrity Protocol TKIP Message Integrity Check MIC and IEEE 802 1x WPA2 also uses TKIP when required for compatibility reasons but offers stronger encryption than TKIP with Advanced Encryption Standard AES in the Counter mode with Cipher block chaining Message authentication code Protocol CCMP TKIP uses 128 bit keys that are dynamically generated and distributed by the authentication server AES Advanced Encryption Standard is a block cipher that uses a 256 bit mathematical algorithm called Rijndael They both include a per packet key mixing function a Message Integrity Check MIC named Michael an extended initialization vector IV with sequencing rules and a re keying mechanism WPA and WPA2 regularly change and rotate the encryption keys so that the same encryption key is never used twice The RADIUS server distributes a Pairwise Master Key PMK key to the AP that then sets up a key hierarchy and management system using the PMK to dynamically generate unique data encryption keys to encrypt every data packet that is wirelessly communicated between the AP and the wireless clients This all happens in the background automatically The Message Integrity Check MIC is designed to pr
179. ends and receives on the subnet Select the RIP direction from None Both In Only and Out Only RIP Version This field is not configurable if you select None in the RIP Direction field Select the RIP version from RI P 1 RIP 2B and RIP 2M Multicast Multicast packets are sent to a group of computers on the LAN and are an alternative to unicast packets packets sent to one computer and broadcast packets packets sent to every computer Internet Group Multicast Protocol IGMP is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a multicast group The ZyXEL Device supports I GMP v1 I GMP v2 and IGMP v3 Select None to disable it ATM QoS ATM QoS Type Select CBR Continuous Bit Rate to specify fixed always on bandwidth for voice or data traffic Select UBR Unspecified Bit Rate for applications that are non time sensitive such as e mail Select rtVBR real time Variable Bit Rate type for applications with bursty connections that require closely controlled delay and delay variation Select nrtVBR non real time Variable Bit Rate type for connections that do not require closely controlled delay and delay variation Peak Cell Rate Divide the DSL line rate bps by 424 the size of an ATM cell to find the Peak Cell Rate PCR This is the maximum rate at which the sender can send cells Type the PCR here Sustain Cell The Sustain Cell Rate SCR sets the average cell rate l
180. ers SMTP TCP 25 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol is the message exchange standard for the Internet SMTP enables you to move messages from one e mail server to another SMTPS TCP 465 This is a more secure version of SMTP that runs over SSL SNMP TCP UDP 161 Simple Network Management Program SNMP TRAPS TCP UDP 162 Traps for use with the SNMP RFC 1215 SQL NET TCP 1521 Structured Query Language is an interface to access data on many different types of database systems including mainframes midrange systems UNIX systems and network servers SSDP UDP 1900 The Simple Service Discovery Protocol supports Universal Plug and Play UPnP SSH TCP UDP 22 Secure Shell Remote Login Program STRM WORKS UDP 1558 Stream Works Protocol SYSLOG UDP 514 Syslog allows you to send system logs to a UNIX server TACACS UDP 49 Login Host Protocol used for Terminal Access Controller Access Control System TELNET TCP 23 Telnet is the login and terminal emulation protocol common on the Internet and in UNIX environments It operates over TCP IP networks Its primary function is to allow users to log into remote host systems VDOLIVE TCP UDP 7000 user defined A videoconferencing solution The UDP port number is specified in the application P 660HN T1H User s Guide
181. ervice Provider here User Name Password Note Device is automatically configured to obtain an IP address automatically The ISP will assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet Beck Anoty et P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 5 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 11 Internet Connection with PPPoA LABEL DESCRIPTION User Name Enter the login name that your ISP gives you Password Enter the password associated with the user name above Back Click this to return to the previous screen without saving Apply Click this to save your changes Exit Click this to close the wizard screen without saving e If the user name and or password you entered for PPPoE or PPPoA connection are not correct the screen displays as shown next Click Back to Username and Password setup to go back to the screen where you can modify them Figure 19 Connection Test Failed 1 STEPAL STEP 2 Internet Configuration Your lo gin username an d passwor d are wron g Back to Username and Password setup Continue to Wireless Setup wizard Yes No lt Back Next gt Exit e If the following screen displays check if your account is activated or click Restart the I nternet Wireless Setup Wizard to verify your Internet access settings Figure 20 Connection Test Failed 2 STEP E STEP f Inte
182. es this protocol HTTP TCP 80 Hyper Text Transfer Protocol a client server protocol for the world wide web HTTPS TCP 443 HTTPS is a secured http session often used in e commerce ICMP User Defined 1 Internet Control Message Protocol is often used for diagnostic purposes ICQ UDP 4000 This is a popular Internet chat program IGMP User Defined 2 Internet Group Multicast Protocol is MULTI CAST used when sending packets to a specific group of hosts IKE UDP 500 The Internet Key Exchange algorithm is used for key distribution and management IMAP4 TCP 143 The Internet Message Access Protocol is used for e mail IMAP4S TCP 993 This is a more secure version of MAP4 that runs over SSL IRC TCP UDP 6667 This is another popular Internet chat program P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix E Services Table 114 Examples of Services continued NAME PROTOCOL PORT S DESCRIPTION MSN Messenger TCP 1863 Microsoft Networks messenger service uses this protocol NetBIOS TCP UDP 137 The Network Basic Input Output System is used for communication TCP UDP 138 between computers in a LAN TCP UDP 139 TCP UDP 445 NEW ICQ TCP 5190 An Internet chat program NEWS TCP 144 A protocol for news groups NFS UDP 2049 Network File System NFS is a client server distributed file service that provides transparent file sharing for network environments NNTP TCP 119 Network Ne
183. ess field in the wizard or WAN screen You can get this information from your ISP 6 4 1 2 PPP over Ethernet The ZyXEL Device supports PPPoE Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE is an IETF Draft standard RFC 2516 specifying how a personal computer PC interacts with a broadband modem DSL cable wireless etc connection The PPPoE option is for a dial up connection using PPPoE For the service provider PPPoE offers an access and authentication method that works with existing access control systems for example RADIUS One of the benefits of PPPoE is the ability to let you access one of multiple network services a function known as dynamic service selection This enables the service provider to easily create and offer new IP services for individuals Operationally PPPoE saves significant effort for both you and the ISP or carrier as it requires no specific configuration of the broadband modem at the customer site By implementing PPPoE directly on the ZyXEL Device rather than individual computers the computers on the LAN do not need PPPoE software installed since the ZyXEL Device does that part of the task Furthermore with NAT all of the LANs computers will have access 6 4 1 3 PPPoA PPPoA stands for Point to Point Protocol over ATM Adaptation Layer 5 AAL5 A PPPoA connection functions like a dial up Internet connection The ZyXEL Device encapsulates the PPP session based on RFC1483 and sends it through an A
184. ethods and legacy authentication methods such as PAP CHAP MS CHAP and MS CHAP v2 PEAP Protected EAP LEAP Like EAP TTLS server side certificate authentication is used to establish a secure connection then use simple username and password methods through the secured connection to authenticate the clients thus hiding client identity However PEAP only supports EAP methods such as EAP MD5 EAP MSCHAPv2 and EAP GTC EAP Generic Token Card for client authentication EAP GTC is implemented only by Cisco LEAP Lightweight Extensible Authentication Protocol is a Cisco implementation of IEEE 802 1x P 660HN T1H User s Guide 297 Appendix D Wireless LANs Dynamic WEP Key Exchange The AP maps a unique key that is generated with the RADIUS server This key expires when the wireless connection times out disconnects or reauthentication times out A new WEP key is generated each time reauthentication is performed If this feature is enabled it is not necessary to configure a default encryption key in the wireless security configuration screen You may still configure and store keys but they will not be used while dynamic WEP is enabled Note EAP MD5 cannot be used with Dynamic WEP Key Exchange For added security certificate based authentications EAP TLS EAP TTLS and PEAP use dynamic keys for data encryption They are often deployed in corporate environments but for public deployment a simple user name and password
185. even is the highest Type of Select a type of service to re assign the priority level to matched traffic Service Remarking Available options are Normal service Minimize delay Maximize throughput Maximize reliability and Minimize monetary cost DSCP Specify a DSCP number between 0 and 63 to re assign the priority level Remarking to matched traffic 802 1p Select a priority level 0 to 7 to re assign the priority level to matched Remarking traffic Queue Specify a Low Medium High or Highest queue tag to matched traffic Traffic assigned to a higher queue gets through faster while traffic in lower queues is dropped when there is network congestion ADD Click this to add the rule DELETE Click this to remove the rule CANCEL Click this to restore previously saved settings 14 2 1 The QoS Settings Summary Screen Use this screen ZyXEL Device to display a summary of rules and actions configured for the n the Advanced gt QoS screen click the QoS Settings Summary button to open the following screen Figure 85 Advanced Setup gt QoS gt QoS Settings Summary QoS Settings Summary Rules Actions Destination Source PPITOS Active Physical Ports MAC MAC Protocol vano PPTOS 8021p DSCP 802 1 Queue P Mask IP Mask OSCP Remarking Pemarking Port Range Port Range N I e ethernet w wlan NS Normal service MD Minimize delay MT Ma
186. event an attacker from capturing data packets altering them and resending them The MIC provides a strong mathematical function in which the receiver and the transmitter each compute and then compare the MIC If they do not match it is assumed that the data has been tampered with and the packet is dropped By generating unique data encryption keys for every data packet and by creating an integrity checking mechanism MIC with TKIP and AES it is more difficult to decrypt data on a Wi Fi network than WEP and difficult for an intruder to break into the network The encryption mechanisms used for WPA 2 and WPA 2 PSK are the same The only difference between the two is that WPA 2 PSK uses a simple common password instead of user specific credentials The common password approach makes WPA 2 PSK susceptible to brute force password guessing attacks but it s still an improvement over WEP as it employs a consistent single alphanumeric password to derive a PMK which is used to generate unique temporal encryption P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs keys This prevent all wireless devices sharing the same encryption keys a weakness of WEP User Authentication WPA and WPA2 apply IEEE 802 1x and Extensible Authentication Protocol EAP to authenticate wireless clients using an external RADIUS database WPA2 reduces the number of key exchange messages from six to four CCMP 4 way handshake and shortens the time requ
187. f you have a private WAN IP address then you cannot use Dynamic DNS P 660HN T1H User s Guide 1 77 Chapter 15 Dynamic DNS Setup 15 2 The Dynamic DNS Screen Use this screen to change your ZyXEL Device s DDNS Click Advanced gt Dynamic DNS The screen appears as shown Figure 86 Advanced gt Dynamic DNS Dynamic DNS Dynamic DNS Setup Tl Active Dynamic DNS Service Provider www dyndns org Host Name User Name Password T Enable Wildcard Option Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 62 Advanced gt Dynamic DNS LABEL DESCRIPTION Dynamic DNS Setup Active Select this check box to use dynamic DNS Dynamic DNS Service This is the name of your Dynamic DNS service provider Provider Dynamic DNS Select the type of service that you are registered for from your Dynamic Type DNS service provider Host Name Type the domain name assigned to your ZyXEL Device by your Dynamic DNS provider You can specify up to two host names in the field separated by a comma Ce User Name Type your user name Password Type the password assigned to you Enable Select the check box to enable DynDNS Wildcard Wildcard Option Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings 178 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Remote Management 16 1 Overview Remote management allow
188. ffic from the WAN may only be allowed to cross the firewall in response to a request from the LAN P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 10 Firewall 10 2 The Firewall Screen Use this screen to enable firewall and or SPI Click Advanced Setup gt Firewall to display the following screen Figure 72 Advanced Setup gt Firewall Firewall Firewall SPI q Note C Enabled Disabled C Enabled Disabled WARNING If You enabled SPI all traffics initiated from WAN would be blocked including DMZ Virtual Server and ACL WAN side Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 49 Advanced gt Firewall LABEL DESCRIPTION Firewall Use this field to enable or disable firewall on your ZyXEL Device SPI Use this field to enable or disable SPI on your ZyXEL Device SAVE Click this to save your changes CANCEL Click this to restore your previously saved settings Enabling SPI blocks all traffic initiated from the WAN side including the DMZ virtual server and ACL on the WAN side P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 10 Firewall 152 P 660HN T1H User s Guide 11 1 11 1 1 11 1 2 Filters Overview This chapter introduces three types of filters supported by the ZyXEL Device You can configure rules to restrict traffic by IP addresses MAC addresses application types and or URLs What You Can Do in the Filter Screens e Us
189. field and then click Apply Get from Time Server Select this radio button to have the ZyXEL Device get the time and date from the time server you specified below Time Server Address Enter the IP address or URL up to 20 extended ASCII characters in length of your time server Check with your SP network administrator if you are unsure of this information Time Zone Setup Time Zone Choose the time zone of your location This will set the time difference between your time zone and Greenwich Mean Time GMT Daylight Daylight saving is a period from late spring to early fall when many Savings countries set their clocks ahead of normal local time by one hour to give more daytime light in the evening Select this option if you use Daylight Saving Time P 660HN T1H User s Guide 207 Chapter 19 System Settings Table 72 Maintenance gt System gt Time and Date continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Start Date Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time starts if you selected Enable Daylight Saving The o clock field uses the 24 hour format Here are a couple of examples Daylight Saving Time starts in most parts of the United States on the second Sunday of March Each time zone in the United States starts using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A M local time So in the United States you would select Second Sunday March and type 2 in the o clock field Daylight Saving Time starts in t
190. for a service if needed however you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Server Access Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured Client IP Address A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings 16 4 The FTP Screen You can use FTP File Transfer Protocol to upload and download the ZyXEL Device s firmware and configuration files Please see the User s Guide chapter on firmware and configuration file maintenance for details To use this feature your computer must have an FTP client Use this screen to specify which interfaces allow FTP access and from which IP address the access can come To change your ZyXEL Device s FTP settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt FTP The screen appears as shown Figure 90 Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt FTP FIP FTP Server Port 21 Server Access LAN amp WAN Secured Client IP Address all Selected 0 0 0 0 Apply Cancel P 660HN T1H U
191. given the code key P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN These security standards vary in effectiveness Some can be broken such as the old Wired Equivalent Protocol WEP Using WEP is better than using no security at all but it will not keep a determined attacker out Other security standards are secure in themselves but can be broken if a user does not use them properly For example the WPA PSK security standard is very secure if you use a long key which is difficult for an attacker s software to guess for example a twenty letter long string of apparently random numbers and letters but it is not very secure if you use a Short key which is very easy to guess for example a three letter word from the dictionary Because of the damage that can be done by a malicious attacker it s not just people who have sensitive information on their network who should use security Everybody who uses any wireless network should ensure that effective security is in place A good way to come up with effective security keys passwords and so on is to use obscure information that you personally will easily remember and to enter it in a way that appears random and does not include real words For example if your mother owns a 1970 Dodge Challenger and her favorite movie is Vanishing Point which you know was made in 1971 you could use 7Ododchal71lvanpoi as your security key The following sections introduce different t
192. gt General screen Use this screen to forward incoming service requests to the server s on your local network You may enter a single port number or a range of port numbers to be forwarded and the local IP address of the desired server The port number identifies a service for example web service is on port 80 and FTP on port 21 In some cases such as for unknown services or where one server can support more than one service for example both FTP and web service it might be better to specify a range of port numbers You can allocate a server IP address that corresponds to a port or a range of ports The most often used port numbers and services are shown in Appendix E on page 305 Please refer to RFC 1700 for further information about port numbers Note Many residential broadband ISP accounts do not allow you to run any server processes such as a Web or FTP server from your location Your ISP may periodically check for servers and may suspend your account if it discovers any active services at your location If you are unsure refer to your ISP Default Server IP Address In addition to the servers for specified services NAT supports a default server IP address A default server receives packets from ports that are not specified in this screen Note If you do not assign a Default Server IP address the ZyXEL Device discards all packets received for ports that are not specified here or in the remote management setup P 660
193. he European Union on the last Sunday of March All of the time zones in the European Union start using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment 1 A M GMT or UTC So in the European Union you would select Last Sunday March The time you type in the o clock field depends on your time zone In Germany for instance you would type 2 because Germany s time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC GMT 1 End Date Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time ends if you selected Enable Daylight Saving The o clock field uses the 24 hour format Here are a couple of examples Daylight Saving Time ends in the United States on the first Sunday of November Each time zone in the United States stops using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A M local time So in the United States you would select First Sunday November and type 2 in the o clock field Daylight Saving Time ends in the European Union on the last Sunday of October All of the time zones in the European Union stop using Daylight Saving Time at the same moment 1 A M GMT or UTC So in the European Union you would select Last Sunday October The time you type in the o clock field depends on your time zone In Germany for instance you would type 2 because Germany s time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC GMT 1 Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings P 660HN T1H User s Guide 20 1 20 1 1
194. he RESET button P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 21 Tools 21 4 The Restart Screen System restart allows you to reboot the ZyXEL Device remotely without turning the power off You may need to do this if the ZyXEL Device hangs for example Click Maintenance gt Tools gt Restart Click Restart to have the ZyXEL Device reboot This does not affect the ZyXEL Device s configuration Figure 111 Maintenance gt Tools gt Restart System Reboot Click Restart to have the device perform a software restart The SYS LED blinks as the device restarts and then stays steady on if the restart is successful Wait a minute before logging into the device again RESTART P 660HN T1H User s Guide 225 Chapter 21 Tools P 660HN T1H User s Guide Diagnostic 22 1 Overview These read only screens display information to help you identify problems with the ZyXEL Device 22 1 1 What You Can Do in the Diagnostic Screens e Use the General screen Section 22 2 on page 227 to ping an IP address e Use the DSL Line screen Section 22 3 on page 228 to view the DSL line statistics and reset the ADSL line 22 2 The General Screen Use this screen to ping an IP address Click Maintenance gt Diagnostic to open the screen shown next Figure 112 Maintenance gt Diagnostic gt General General TCP IP Address Ping P 660HN T1H User s Guide 227 Chapter 2
195. he ZyXEL Device can act as a wireless network bridge and establish WDS Wireless Distribution System links with other APs You need to know the MAC addresses of the APs you want to link to Once the security settings of peer sides match one another the connection between devices is made At the time of writing WDS security is compatible with other ZyXEL access points only Refer to your other access point s documentation for details The following figure illustrates how WDS link works between APs Notebook computer A is a wireless client connecting to access point AP 1 AP 1 has no wired Internet connection but it can establish a WDS link with access point AP 2 which has a wired Internet connection When AP 1 has a WDS link with AP 2 the notebook computer can access the Internet through AP 2 Figure 57 WDS Link Example l i TER i BY 8 8 8 WiFi Protected Setup WPS Your ZyXEL Device supports WiFi Protected Setup WPS which is an easy way to set up a secure wireless network WPS is an industry standard specification defined by the WiFi Alliance WPS allows you to quickly set up a wireless network with strong security without having to configure security settings manually Each WPS connection works between two devices Both devices must support WPS check each device s documentation to make sure Depending on the devices you have you can either press a button on the device itself or in its configuration utility or enter
196. he whole day schedule 4 3 Configuring the MAC Address Filter Thomas noticed that his daughter Josephine spends too much time surfing the web and downloading media files He decided to prevent J osephine from accessing the Internet so that she can concentrate on preparing for her final exams Josephine s computer connects wirelessly to the Internet through the ZyXEL Device Thomas can deny access to the wireless network using the MAC address of J osephine s computer Thomas Josephine P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorials 1 Click Network gt LAN gt Client List to open the following screen Look for the MAC address of J osephine s computer DHCP Client Table IP Address 0 0 0 0 MAC Address 00 00 00 00 00 00 2 ce To Cn ig twpc13477 192 168 1 33 00 0F FE 32 84 12 2 ig Josephine PC 192 168 1 34 00 1E 52 C3 5C 1B 2 Click Network gt Wireless LAN to open the AP screen Click the Edit button in the MAC Filter field More AP l WPS l WPS Station WDS Scheduling Wireless Setup WM Enable Wireless LAN Channel Selection Channeiog 2452MHz current Channel 3 Common Setup Name SSID Example I Hide SSID Security Mode WPA PSK x Pre Shared Key DoNotStealMyWirelessNetwork WPA Group Key Update Timer fio In Second MAC Filter Allow Associatio zit QoS I Enable Qos Apply Cancel Advanced Setup P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 4
197. iIRering cece icsscrccccccnncrocnecmmmusoncssmmraersammmnenncsmunawones 153 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Table of Contents hc Re URG Filler SOD saroian aA AAN 154 Tha Te Application Fiter CPD missara anihi ARENE NRR uniia 155 ta The PAS Filhor reoi ein aai ea inea 156 Chapter 12 SIE 6 9 fs ee ee om ne Se aE EA EEA 159 WD RVC HEE sonmi a a ei a h AA aE AER AEE 159 12 1 1 What You Can Do in the Static Route Screens eccnccssesererrerssrrrrreerrerrreneens 160 gD ci Saile Ronie oCo oi oac a A 160 1221 Static Route Edit sorrara a aeaa aiai ia aia ainai 161 Chapter 13 DOL P aaa a 163 TO L ONEIN iini EA 163 13 1 1 What You Can Do in the 802 1Q 1P Screens acecscsnsisseeeerriseesrrnrreserrrrrereens 163 13 1 2 What You Need to Know About 802 1Q 1P ou ccc cccececeeeeseceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeueueeeananaes 163 182 The 802 1QAP Group Seling SRG seiriasiia tanin nar RAREN ENAN NENN E 164 132 1 Eding 802 TIP Group Sew saasisissnniisiasnaeaa a aa aaka 166 13 3 The S02 1G 1P Port Seling SOGETI vaissen asepa eenia aa riri 167 Chapter 14 HU oT Seice 00S ia a pa lasaaunipaaNagnpaesnTaaeA 169 TAT OVNEN iira a ia N a AERE Aa aAA EEEE 169 14 1 1 What You Can Do in the QoS Screens ccccisicsicccieceseviciusscsesvarssdacgensinieacccsaeiuasrtensds 170 14 1 2 What You Need to Know About OOS sc ssicdivceisccaasiaendsjasdentessnbvacdentessviaetaeasevadareaiess 170 142 The QoS Seren eronsa aaa aaa a aa aaa a i adana iaa 171 121 The CoS Setings Summary SCION
198. ials 4 Push and hold the WPS button located on the ZyXEL Device s rear panel for more than 5 seconds Alternatively you may log into ZyXEL Device s web configurator and click the Push Button in the Network gt Wireless LAN gt WPS Station screen Add Station by WPS Click the below Push Button to add WPS stations to wireless network Push Button Or input station s PIN number q Note 1 The Push Button Configuration requires pressing a button on both the station and AP within 120 seconds 2 You may find the PIN number in the station s utility Note Your ZyXEL Device has a WPS button located on its rear panel as well as a WPS button in its configuration utility Both buttons have exactly the same function you can use one or the other Note It doesn t matter which button is pressed first You must press the second button within two minutes of pressing the first one The ZyXEL Device sends the proper configuration settings to the wireless client This may take up to two minutes The wireless client is then able to communicate with the ZyXEL Device securely P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorials The following figure shows you an example of how to set up a wireless network and its security by pressing a button on both ZyXEL Device and wireless client Wireless Client ZyXEL Device WITHIN 2 MINUTES A Press and hold for 5 seconds eal SECURITY INFO Se
199. icate efficiently in a wireless LAN Radiation Pattern A radiation pattern is a diagram that allows you to visualize the shape of the antenna s coverage area Antenna Gain Antenna gain measured in dB decibel is the increase in coverage within the RF beam width Higher antenna gain improves the range of the signal for better communications For an indoor site each 1 dB increase in antenna gain results in a range increase of approximately 2 5 For an unobstructed outdoor site each 1dB increase in gain results in a range increase of approximately 5 Actual results may vary depending on the network environment Antenna gain is sometimes specified in dBi which is how much the antenna increases the signal power compared to using an isotropic antenna An isotropic antenna is a theoretical perfect antenna that sends out radio signals equally well in all directions dBi represents the true gain that the antenna provides Types of Antennas for WLAN There are two types of antennas used for wireless LAN applications P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs e Omni directional antennas send the RF signal out in all directions on a horizontal plane The coverage area is torus shaped like a donut which makes these antennas ideal for a room environment With a wide coverage area it is possible to make circular overlapping coverage areas with multiple access points Directional antennas concentrate the RF signal i
200. ice and follow the directions in the Quick Start Guide again If the problem continues contact your ISP cannot access the Internet anymore had access to the Internet with the ZyXEL Device but my Internet connection is not available anymore Check the hardware connections and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected See the Quick Start Guide and Section 1 5 on page 24 Turn the ZyXEL Device off and on If the problem continues contact your ISP P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 23 Troubleshooting The Internet connection is slow or intermittent 1 There might be a lot of traffic on the network Look at the LEDs and check Section 1 5 on page 24 If the ZyXEL Device is sending or receiving a lot of information try closing some programs that use the Internet especially peer to peer applications 2 Check the signal strength If the signal strength is low try moving your computer closer to the ZyXEL Device if possible and look around to see if there are any devices that might be interfering with the wireless network for example microwaves other wireless networks and so on 3 Turn the ZyXEL Device off and on 4 Ifthe problem continues contact the network administrator or vendor or try one of the advanced suggestions Advanced Suggestions e Check the settings for QoS If it is disabled you might consider activating it If it is enabled you might consider raising or lowering the prior
201. iders from discovering your ZyXEL Device when unsupported ports are probed Note If you want your device to respond to pings and requests for unauthorized services you may also need to configure the firewall anti probing settings to match Figure 94 Advanced gt Remote Management gt ICMP ICMP ICMP Respond to Ping on LAN amp WAN Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 68 Advanced gt Remote Management gt ICMP LABEL DESCRIPTION ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol is a message control and error reporting protocol between a host server and a gateway to the Internet ICMP uses Internet Protocol IP datagrams but the messages are processed by the TCP IP software and directly apparent to the application user Respond to The ZyXEL Device will not respond to any incoming Ping requests when Ping on Disable is selected Select LAN to reply to incoming LAN Ping requests Select WAN to reply to incoming WAN Ping requests Otherwise select LAN amp WAN to reply to both incoming LAN and WAN Ping requests Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings P 660HN T1H User s Guide 187 Chapter 16 Remote Management 188 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Universal Plug and Play UPnP 17 1 Overview Universal Plug and Play UPnP is a distributed open networking stand
202. in oo Z hour foo min C on off IT Thursday oo hour oo min oo Z hour foo min C on off I Friday oo hour oo min oo Z hour foo min C on off I Saturday oo hour oo min oo Z hour 00 min C on off Tl Sunday 00 hour 00 x min oo Z hour f 00 min Note Wireless signal is currently turned on off by scheduling Apply Reset P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorials 2 Configure the screen as follows Turn on the wireless network from Mondays to Fridays between 18 00 and 23 30 Turn on the wireless network all day on Saturdays and Sundays Click Apply Wireless LAN Scheduling M Enable Wireless LAN Scheduling a Tha following tes 2 H Faria of Oon Everyday 00 m hour 00 m min 00 Chour 00 m min O off on Mon 18 m hour 00 m min 23 m Chour 20 at min O off on Tue 18 m hour 00 m min 23 m hour 20 at min O off on Wed 18 m hour 00 m min 23 m hour 20 at min O off on Thu 18 m hour 00 min 23m hour 20 at min O off on Fri 18 m hour 00 m min 23 iv hour 30 a min O off on Sat 00 m hour 00 x min 00 iv hour 00 iv min off on Sun 00 m hour 00 iv min 00 iv hour 00 iv min q Note Specify the same begin time and end time means t
203. ing feaure to block access to specific web sites or Internet applications such as MSN or Yahoo Messanger You can also configure P MAC filtering rules for incoming or outgoing traffic Use QoS to efficiently manage traffic on your network by giving priority to certain types of traffic and or to particular computers For example you could make sure that the ZyXEL Device gives voice over Internet calls high priority and or limit bandwidth devoted to the boss excessive file downloading 1 4 2 Using the WPS WLAN Button By default the wireless network is turned off on the ZyXEL Device To turn it on simply press the WPS WLAN button on top of the device for 1 second Once the WPS WLAN LED turns green the wireless network is active You can also use the WPS WLAN button to quickly set up a secure wireless connection between the ZyXEL Device and a WPS compatible client by adding one device at a time To activate WPS 1 Make sure the POWER LED is on and not blinking 2 Press the WPS WLAN button for five to ten seconds and release it 3 Press the WPS button on another WPS enabled device within range of the ZyXEL Device The WPS WLAN LED should flash while the ZyXEL Device sets up a WPS connection with the other wireless device 4 Once the connection is successfully made the WPS WLAN LED shines green P 660HN T1H User s Guide 23 Chapter 1 Introduction 1 5 LEDs Lights The following graphic displays the labe
204. interface Setting network parameters Bringing up loopback interface Bringing up interface eth0Q ooo0ooo ROR ROR N P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Verifying Settings Enter ifconfig in a terminal screen to check your TCP IP properties Figure 145 Red Hat 9 0 Checking TCP IP Properties root localhost ifconfig eth0o Link encap Ethernet HWaddr 00 50 BA 72 5B 44 inet addr 172 23 19 129 Bcast 172 23 19 255 Mask 255 255 255 0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU 1500 Metric 1 RX packets 717 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0 TX packets 13 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0 txqueuelen 100 RX bytes 730412 713 2 Kb TX bytes 1570 1 5 Kb Interrupt 10 Base address 0x1000 root localhost P 660HN T1H User s Guide 267 Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address P 660HN T1H User s Guide IP Addresses and Subnetting This appendix introduces IP addresses and subnet masks IP addresses identify individual devices on a network Every networking device including computers servers routers printers etc needs an IP address to communicate across the network These networking devices are also known as hosts Subnet masks determine the maximum number of possible hosts on a network You can also use subnet masks to divide one network into multiple sub networks Introduction to IP Addresses One part of the
205. ired to connect to a network Other WPA2 authentication features that are different from WPA include key caching and pre authentication These two features are optional and may not be supported in all wireless devices Key caching allows a wireless client to store the PMK it derived through a successful authentication with an AP The wireless client uses the PMK when it tries to connect to the same AP and does not need to go with the authentication process again Pre authentication enables fast roaming by allowing the wireless client already connecting to an AP to perform IEEE 802 1x authentication with another AP before connecting to it Wireless Client WPA Supplicants A wireless client supplicant is the software that runs on an operating system instructing the wireless client how to use WPA At the time of writing the most widely available supplicant is the WPA patch for Windows XP Funk Software s Odyssey client The Windows XP patch is a free download that adds WPA capability to Windows XP s built in Zero Configuration wireless client However you must run Windows XP to use it WPA 2 with RADIUS Application Example To set up WPA 2 you need the IP address of the RADIUS server its port number default is 1812 and the RADIUS shared secret A WPA 2 application example with an external RADIUS server looks as follows A is the RADIUS server DS is the distribution system The AP passes the wireless client s authenticatio
206. irst number of the range to which you want the incoming ports Port translated the device automatically calculates the last port of the translated port range Back Click this to return to the previous screen without saving P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Table 43 Network gt NAT gt Port Forwarding Edit continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings 9 4 The Address Mapping Screen Note The Address Mapping screen is available only when you select Full Feature in the NAT gt General screen Ordering your rules is important because the ZyXEL Device applies the rules in the order that you specify When a rule matches the current packet the ZyXEL Device takes the corresponding action and the remaining rules are ignored If there are any empty rules before your new configured rule your configured rule will be pushed up by that number of empty rules For example if you have already configured rules 1 to 6 in your current set and now you configure rule number 9 In the set summary screen the new rule will be rule 7 not 9 Now if you delete rule 4 rules 5 to 7 will be pushed up by 1 rule so old rules 5 6 and 7 become new rules 4 5 and 6 To change your ZyXEL Device s address mapping settings click Network gt NAT gt Address Mapping to open the following screen
207. ity for some applications P 660HN T1H User s Guide 235 Chapter 23 Troubleshooting P 660HN T1H User s Guide Product Specifications The following tables summarize the ZyXEL Device s hardware and firmware features 24 1 Hardware Specifications Table 94 Hardware Specifications Dimensions 210 x 142 x 57 mm Weight 270g Power Specification 12VDC 1A Built in Switch Four auto negotiating auto MDI MDI X 10 100 Mbps RJ 45 Ethernet ports ADSL Port 1 RJ 11 FXS POTS port RESET Button Restores factory defaults Antenna 1 internal antenna 2dBi WPS Button 1 second turn on or off WLAN 5 seconds enable WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup Operation 02 C 402 C Temperature Storage Temperature 202 602 C Operation Humidity 20 90 RH Storage Humidity 20 90 RH 24 2 Firmware Specifications Table 95 Firmware Specifications Default IP Address 192 168 1 1 Default Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 24 bits P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 24 Product Specifications Table 95 Firmware Specifications continued Default Admin 1234 Password DHCP Server IP Pool 192 168 1 32 to 192 168 1 64 Static DHCP 10 Addresses URL Filtering URL web page blocking Static Routes 16 Device Management Use the web configurator to easily configure the rich range of features on the ZyXEL Device Wireless Functiona
208. k with strong security without having to configure security settings manually Set up each WPS connection between two devices Both devices must support WPS Click Network gt Wireless LAN gt WPS The following screen displays Figure 51 Network gt Wireless LAN gt WPS WPS Setup M wes Setup PIN Number 21316883 Generate WPS Status Status Configured Release 802 11 Mode 802 11b g n SSID RT3390_1 Security No Security Pre Shared Key N A q Note For WPS to function normally the UPNP service will be turn on automatically Apply Refresh The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 35 Network gt Wireless LAN gt WPS LABEL DESCRIPTION WPS Setup WPS Setup Select the check box to activate WPS on the ZyXEL Device P 660HN T1H User s Guide 113 Chapter 8 Wireless LAN Table 35 Network gt Wireless LAN gt WPS LABEL DESCRIPTION PIN Number This shows the PIN Personal Identification Number of the ZyXEL Device Enter this PIN in the configuration utility of the device you want to connect to using WPS The PIN is not necessary when you use WPS push button method Generate Click this to have the ZyXEL Device create a new PIN WPS Status This displays Configured when the ZyXEL Device has connected to a wireless network using WPS or Enable WPS is selected and wireless or wireless security settings have been changed The c
209. key must be the same on the external authentication server and your ZyXEL Device The key is not sent over the network 8 2 5 Wireless LAN Advanced Setup Use this screen to configure advanced wireless settings Click the Advanced Setup button in the AP screen The screen appears as shown See Section 8 8 2 on page 120 for detailed definitions of the terms listed in this screen Figure 47 Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP Advanced Setup Wireless Advanced Setup RTS CTS Threshold 2347 1 2347 Fragmentation Threshold 2346 256 2346 even numbers only Output Power 100 Preamble Long 802 11 Mode 802 11b gen Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 31 Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP Advanced Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION RTS CTS Enter a value between 0 and 2432 Threshold Fragmentation This is the maximum data fragment size that can be sent Enter a value Threshold between 256 and 2432 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN Table 31 Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP Advanced Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Output Power Set the output power of the ZyXEL Device If there is a high density of APs in an area decrease the output power to reduce interference with other APs Select one of the following 100 75 50 or 25 Preamble Select a preamble type from the drop down list menu
210. leted if used and the DSL connection is up Blinking The ZyXEL Device is sending or receiving IP traffic Red On The ZyXEL Device attempted to make an IP connection but failed Possible causes are no response from a DHCP server no PPPoE response PPPoE authentication failed Off The ZyXEL Device does not have an IP connection Refer to the Quick Start Guide for information on hardware connections 1 6 The RESET Button If you forget your password or cannot access the web configurator you will need to use the RESET button at the back of the device to reload the factory default configuration file This means that you will lose all configurations that you had previously and the password will be reset to 1234 1 6 1 Using the Reset Button 1 Make sure the POWER LED is on not blinking 2 To set the device back to the factory default settings press the RESET button for ten seconds or until the POWER LED begins to blink and then release it When the POWER LED begins to blink the defaults have been restored and the device restarts P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 1 Introduction P 660HN T1H User s Guide The Web Configurator 2 1 Overview The web configurator is an HTML based management interface that allows easy device setup and management via Internet browser Use Internet Explorer 6 0 and later or Netscape Navigator 7 0 and later versions The recommended scr
211. liance requirements a separation distance of at least 20 cm must be maintained between the antenna of this device and all persons ie I WIR BIR EEA E E E ER HORIE PK HUAI PARE gt SERGE AT gt ZR RDE H BoA HJ a ZI a BHOR RARE ONSE E S BTU ES MAME RAR APRE gt EZEUSH gt dte A ETERU l gt HIPS gt TRIKE a ede FSR RES BIRARE SAH aSCLER PEt Ree P 660HN T1H User s Guide H x ak DRRR BEF A a RB Zi E TSHR E E HE e RE Appendix F Legal Information ARIEN FEO ER ER ZF BRIERE SE PILI lt ROTERE gt aes E Notices Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device has been designed for the WLAN 2 4 GHz network throughout the EC region and Switzerland with restrictions in France This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian CES 003 Cet appareil num rique de la classe B est conforme la norme NMB 003 du Canada Viewing Certifications
212. lity wireless devices only Allow the IEEE 802 11b g n wireless clients to connect to the ZyXEL Device wirelessly Enable wireless security WEP WPA 2 WPA 2 PSK and or MAC filtering to protect your wireless network Firmware Upgrade Download new firmware when available from the ZyXEL web site and use the web configurator to put it on the ZyXEL Device Note Only upload firmware for your specific model Configuration Backup amp Restoration Make a copy of the ZyXEL Device s configuration You can put it back on the ZyXEL Device later if you decide to revert back to an earlier configuration Network Address Translation NAT Each computer on your network must have its own unique IP address Use NAT to convert your public IP address es to multiple private IP addresses for the computers on your network Port Forwarding If you have a server mail or web server for example on your network you can use this feature to let people access it from the Internet DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Use this feature to have the ZyXEL Device assign IP addresses an IP default gateway and DNS servers to computers on your Protocol network Your device can also act as a surrogate DHCP server DHCP Relay where it relays IP address assignment from the actual real DHCP server to the clients Dynamic DNS With Dynamic DNS Domain Name System support you can use Support a fixed URL www zyxel com for ex
213. lo may denote 1000 or 1024 M for mega may denote 1000000 or 1048576 and so on e e g is a Shorthand for for instance and i e means that is or in other words P 660HN T1H User s Guide 5 Document Conventions Icons Used in Figures Figures in this User s Guide may use the following generic icons The ZyXEL Device icon is not an exact representation of your device ZyXEL Device Computer Notebook computer Server Firewall Router Switch 6 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Safety Warnings Safety Warnings e Do NOT use this product near water for example in a wet basement or near a swimming pool Do NOT expose your device to dampness dust or corrosive liquids Do NOT store things on the device Do NOT install use or service this device during a thunderstorm There is a remote risk of electric shock from lightning e Connect ONLY suitable accessories to the device Do NOT open the device or unit Opening or removing covers can expose you to dangerous high voltage points or other risks ONLY qualified service personnel should service or disassemble this device Please contact your vendor for further information e Make sure to connect the cables to the correct ports e Place connecting cables carefully so that no one will step on them or stumble over them e Always disconnect all cables from this device
214. low priority to many large file downloads so that they do not reduce the quality of other applications Summary Click this to open a summary table showing the QoS settings See Section 14 2 1 on page 173 for more details Rule Rule Index Select the rule s index number from the drop down list box Active Use this field to enable or disable the rule Application Select an application from the drop down list box The Destination Port Range and Protocol ID fields may change depending on the type of applications you choose Select Enet1 to apply the rule to the Ethernet port Destination Type a destination MAC address here QoS is then applied to traffic MAC containing this destination MAC address Leave it blank to apply the rule to all MAC addresses IP Enter a destination IP address in dotted decimal notation QoS is then applied to traffic containing this destination IP address A blank destination IP address means any destination IP address Mask Enter a destination subnet mask here Port Range Either use the default value set by the application you choose or enter the port number to which the rule should be applied Source MAC Type a source MAC address here QoS is then applied to traffic containing this source MAC address Leave it blank to apply the rule to all MAC addresses IP Enter a source IP address in dotted decimal notation QoS is then applied to traffic containing this source IP address
215. ls of the LEDs Figure 2 LEDs None of the LEDs are on if the ZyXEL Device is not receiving power Table 1 LED Descriptions LED COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION f Green On The ZyXEL Device is receiving power and ready for O use POWER Blinking The ZyXEL Device is self testing Red On The ZyXEL Device detected an error while self testing or there is a device malfunction Off The ZyXEL Device is not receiving power LAN 1 4 Green On The ZyXEL Device has an Ethernet connection with a device on the Local Area Network LAN Blinking The ZyXEL Device is sending receiving data to from the LAN Off The ZyXEL Device does not have an Ethernet connection with the LAN PR Green On The wireless network is activated Blinking The ZyXEL Device is communicating with other WPS wireless clients WLAN Orange Blinking The ZyXEL Device is setting up a WPS connection Off The wireless network is not activated ry Green On The DSL line is up Blinking The ZyXEL Device is initializing the DSL line DSL Off The DSL line is down P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 1 Introduction Table 1 LED Descriptions LED COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION Green INTERNET On The ZyXEL Device has an IP connection but no traffic Your device has a WAN IP address either static or assigned by a DHCP server PPP negotiation was successfully comp
216. maximum number of bits that can be transmitted per DMT tone is 15 There will be some tones without any bits as there has to be space between the upstream and downstream channels Reset ADSL Line Click this to reinitialize the ADSL line The large text box above then displays the progress and results of this operation for example Start to reset ADSL Loading ADSL modem F W Reset ADSL Line Successfully Capture All Logs Click this to display information and statistics about your ZyXEL Device s ATM statistics DSL connection statistics DHCP settings firmware version WAN and gateway IP address VPI VCI and LAN IP address P 660HN T1H User s Guide Troubleshooting This chapter offers some suggestions to solve problems you might encounter The potential problems are divided into the following categories e Power Hardware Connections and LEDs e ZyXEL Device Access and Login e Internet Access 23 1 Power Hardware Connections and LEDs The ZyXEL Device does not turn on None of the LEDs turn on 1 Make sure the ZyXEL Device is turned on 2 Make sure you are using the power adaptor or cord included with the ZyXEL Device 3 Make sure the power adaptor or cord is connected to the ZyXEL Device and plugged in to an appropriate power source Make sure the power source is turned on 4 Turn the ZyXEL Device off and on 5 Ifthe problem continues contact the vendor One of
217. mber of zeros for the remainder of the 32 bit mask you can simply specify the number of ones instead of writing the value of each octet This is usually specified by writing a followed by the number of bits in the mask after the address For example 192 1 1 0 25 is equivalent to saying 192 1 1 0 with subnet mask 255 255 255 128 The following table shows some possible subnet masks using both notations Table 102 Alternative Subnet Mask Notation SUBNETMASK NOTATION BINARY DECIMAL 255 255 255 0 24 0000 0000 0 255 255 255 128 25 1000 0000 128 255 255 255 192 26 1100 0000 192 255 255 255 224 27 1110 0000 224 255 255 255 240 28 1111 0000 240 255 255 255 248 29 1111 1000 248 255 255 255 252 30 1111 1100 252 Subnetting You can use subnetting to divide one network into multiple sub networks In the following example a network administrator creates two sub networks to isolate a group of servers from the rest of the company network for security reasons In this example the company network address is 192 168 1 0 The first three octets of the address 192 168 1 are the network number and the remaining octet is the host ID allowing a maximum of 28 2 or 254 possible hosts 272 P 660HN 11H User s Guide Appendix B IP Addresses and Subnetting The following figure shows the company network before subnetting Figure 147 Subnetting Example Before Subnetting Pa
218. mpatible to support WPA as well In this case if some of the devices support WPA and some support WPA2 you should set up WPA2 PSK or WPA2 depending on the type of wireless network login and select the WPA compatible option in the ZyXEL Device Many types of encryption use a key to protect the information in the wireless network The longer the key the stronger the encryption Every device in the wireless network must have the same key 8 8 4 Signal Problems Because wireless networks are radio networks their signals are subject to limitations of distance interference and absorption Problems with distance occur when the two radios are too far apart Problems with interference occur when other radio waves interrupt the data signal Interference may come from other radio transmissions such as military or air traffic control communications or from machines that are coincidental emitters such as electric motors or microwaves Problems with absorption occur when physical objects such as thick walls are between the two radios muffling the signal 8 8 5 BSS A Basic Service Set BSS exists when all communications between wireless stations or between a wireless station and a wired network client go through one access point AP Intra BSS traffic is traffic between wireless stations in the BSS When Intra BSS traffic blocking is disabled wireless station A and B can access the wired network P 660HN T1H User s Guide 123 Ch
219. mstances If your ISP gives you explicit DNS servers make sure that you enter their IP addresses in the DHCP Setup screen 7 6 4 LAN TCP IP The ZyXEL Device has built in DHCP server capability that assigns IP addresses and DNS servers to systems that support DHCP client capability IP Address and Subnet Mask Similar to the way houses on a street share a common street name so too do computers on a LAN share one common network number Where you obtain your network number depends on your particular situation If the ISP or your network administrator assigns you a block of registered IP addresses follow their instructions in selecting the IP addresses and the subnet mask If the ISP did not explicitly give you an IP network number then most likely you have a single user account and the ISP will assign you a dynamic IP address when the connection is established If this is the case it is recommended that you select a network number from 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 255 0 and you must enable the Network Address Translation NAT feature of the ZyXEL Device The Internet Assigned Number Authority IANA reserved this block of addresses specifically for private use please do not use any other number unless you are told otherwise Let s say you select 192 168 1 0 as the network number which covers 254 individual addresses from 192 168 1 1 to 192 168 1 254 zero and 255 are reserved In other words the first three numbers specify the network number
220. n a beam like a flashlight does with the light from its bulb The angle of the beam determines the width of the coverage pattern Angles typically range from 20 degrees very directional to 120 degrees less directional Directional antennas are ideal for hallways and outdoor point to point applications Positioning Antennas In general antennas should be mounted as high as practically possible and free of obstructions In point to point application position both antennas at the same height and in a direct line of sight to each other to attain the best performance For omni directional antennas mounted on a table desk and so on point the antenna up For omni directional antennas mounted on a wall or ceiling point the antenna down For a single AP application place omni directional antennas as close to the center of the coverage area as possible For directional antennas point the antenna in the direction of the desired coverage area P 660HN T1H User s Guide Services The following table lists some commonly used services and their associated protocols and port numbers e Name This is a short descriptive name for the service You can use this one or create a different one if you like e Protocol This is the type of IP protocol used by the service If this is TCP UDP then the service uses the same port number with TCP and UDP If this is USER DEFINED the Port s is the IP protocol number not the port number
221. n request to the RADIUS server The RADIUS server then checks the user s identification against its database and grants or denies network access accordingly A 256 bit Pairwise Master Key PMK is derived from the authentication process by the RADIUS server and the client P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs 4 The RADIUS server distributes the PMK to the AP The AP then sets up a key hierarchy and management system using the PMK to dynamically generate unique data encryption keys The keys are used to encrypt every data packet that is wirelessly communicated between the AP and the wireless clients Figure 163 WPA 2 with RADIUS Application Example WPA 2 PSK Application Example A WPA 2 PSK application looks as follows 1 First enter identical passwords into the AP and all wireless clients The Pre Shared Key PSK must consist of between 8 and 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal characters including spaces and symbols 2 The AP checks each wireless client s password and allows it to join the network only if the password matches 3 The AP and wireless clients generate a common PMK Pairwise Master Key The key itself is not sent over the network but is derived from the PSK and the SSID P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs 4 The AP and wireless clients use the TKIP or AES encryption process the PMK and information exchanged in a handshake to create temporal encryption key
222. n wireless clients in the BSS When Intra BSS is enabled wireless client A and B can access the wired network and communicate P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs with each other When Intra BSS is disabled wireless client A and B can still access the wired network but cannot communicate with each other Figure 160 Basic Service Set eo BSS a ESS An Extended Service Set ESS consists of a series of overlapping BSSs each containing an access point with each access point connected together by a wired network This wired connection between APs is called a Distribution System DS This type of wireless LAN topology is called an Infrastructure WLAN The Access Points not only provide communication with the wired network but also mediate wireless network traffic in the immediate neighborhood P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs An ESSID ESS I Dentification uniquely identifies each ESS All access points and their associated wireless clients within the same ESS must have the same ESSID in order to communicate Figure 161 Infrastructure WLAN Ethernet E y N Temes Channel A channel is the radio frequency ies used by wireless devices to transmit and receive data Channels available depend on your geographical area You may have a choice of channels for your region so you should use a channel different from an adjacent AP access point
223. nance User Accounts eee Get started with Windows Change account type Ay Back up your computer Appearance and Personalization Change desktop background Change the color scheme Security Check for updates Allow a program through Windows Firewall Adjust screen resolution etwork and Internet onnect to the Internet 7 Clock Language and Region Change keyboards or other input methods Change display language View network status and tasks Set up file sharing 3 Click Network and Sharing Center Figure 126 Windows Vista Network And Internet CION P gt Control Panel Network and Internet v 4 Search p File Edit View Tools Help Control Panel Home k A Network and Sharing Center System and Maintenance net wise Connect to a network Security View network computers and devices Add a device to the network Set up file sharing Network and Internet z Er E oe PA Internet Options Hardware and Sound Connect to the Internet Change yourhomepage Manage browser add ons Programs Delete browsing history and cookies P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 4 Click Manage network connections Figure 127 Windows Vista Network and Sharing Center eee Gv EE Network and Internet Network and Sharing Center v 4 Search p File Edit View Tools Help Liars Network and Sharing Center View computers a
224. nay of Ianua 2000 01 29 at o clock tast E ay of January 2000 01 29 at o clock GMT Greenwich Mean Time Dublin Edinburgh Lisbon London Apply Cancel P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 19 System Settings The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 72 Maintenance gt System gt Time and Date LABEL DESCRIPTION Current Time and Date Current Time This field displays the time of your ZyXEL Device Each time you reload this page the ZyXEL Device synchronizes the time with the time server Current Date This field displays the date of your ZyXEL Device Each time you reload this page the ZyXEL Device synchronizes the date with the time server Time and Date Setup Manual Select this radio button to enter the time and date manually If you configure a new time and date Time Zone and Daylight Saving at the same time the new time and date you entered has priority and the Time Zone and Daylight Saving settings do not affect it New Time This field displays the last updated time from the time server or the last time configured manually hh mm ss When you set Time and Date Setup to Manual enter the new time in this field and then click Apply New Date This field displays the last updated date from the time server or the last date configured manually yyyy mm dd When you set Time and Date Setup to Manual enter the new date in this
225. ncryption can be broken by an attacker using widely available software It is strongly recommended that you use a more effective security mechanism Use the strongest security mechanism that all the wireless devices in your network support For example use WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK if all your wireless devices support it or use WPA or WPA2 if your wireless devices support it and you have a RADIUS server If your wireless devices support nothing stronger than WEP use the highest encryption level available Figure 44 Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP Static WEP Common Setup Network Name SSID ZyXELOL C Hide ssiD Security Mode Static WEP a WEP Key qQ Note The different WEP key lengths configure different strength security 40 64 bit or 128 bit respectively Your wireless client must match the security strength set on the router Please type exactly 5 or 13 characters Please type exactly 10 or 26 characters using only the numbers 0 9 and the letters A F P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN The following table describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen Table 28 Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP Static WEP LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Mode Choose Static WEP from the drop down list box Passphrase Enter a passphrase up to 32 printable characters and click Generate The ZyXEL Device automatically generates a WEP key WEP Key The WEP key is us
226. nd devices View full map Connect to a network Set up a connection or network mw baw e Manage network connections TWPC99111 Internet Diagnose and repair This computer a Not connected 5 Right click Local Area Connection and then click Properties Note During this procedure click Continue whenever Windows displays a screen saying that it needs your permission to continue Figure 128 Windows Vista Network and Sharing Center JOE JE Network and Internet p Network Connection File Edit View Tools Advanced Help By Organize v S Views v Disable this network device Name Status Device Name Networ LAN or High Ssaa Llntacnet ct l Loca Collapse group A Loca x ae tee Expand all groups Collapse all groups Connectivity Left Arrow Disable Status Diagnose Bridge Connections Create Shortcut Delete Rename P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 6 Select Internet Protocol Version 4 TCP I Pv4 and click Properties Figure 129 Windows Vista Local Area Connection Properties i Local Area Connection Properties Networking Connect using amp Intel R PRO 1000 MT Desktop Connection This connection uses the following items 4 om Client for Microsoft Networks M 5 Network Monitor3 Driver M m Brie File and PRA e shanna for Microsoft Networks ke ety Mapper 1 0
227. nd do not require a license to use However wireless networking is different from that of most traditional radio communications in that there a number of wireless networking standards available with different methods of data encryption SSID Each network must have a name referred to as the SSID Service Set I Dentifier The service set is the network so the service set identifier is the network s name This helps you identify your wireless network when wireless networks coverage areas overlap and you have a variety of networks to choose from MAC Address Filter Every Ethernet device has a unique MAC Media Access Control address The MAC address consists of twelve hexadecimal characters 0 9 and A to F and it is usually written in the following format OA A0 00 BB CC DD The MAC address filter controls access to the wireless network You can use the MAC address of each wireless client to allow or deny access to the wireless network Finding Out More See Section 8 8 on page 118 for advanced technical information on wireless networks 8 1 3 Before You Start Before you start using these screens ask yourself the following questions See Section 8 1 2 on page 102 if some of the terms used here are not familiar to you P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN e What wireless standards do the other wireless devices in your network support IEEE 802 11g for example What is th
228. nds a new group key out to all clients The re keying process is the WPA 2 equivalent of automatically changing the WEP key for an AP and all stations in a WLAN on a periodic basis P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN 8 2 4 WPA 2 Authentication Use this screen to configure and enable WPA or WPA2 authentication Click the Wireless LAN link under Network to display the AP screen Select WPA WPA2 or WPAMixed from the Security Mode list Figure 46 Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP WPA 2 Common Setup Name SSID RT3390_1 I Hide SSID Security Mode WPA2 E T WPA Compatible ReAuthentication Timer fo In Seconds Idle Timeout 300 In Seconds WPA Group Key Update Timer fio In Seconds Authentication Server IP Address 192 168 7 187 Port Number fisi2 Shared Secret fizzase78 The following table describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen Table 30 Network gt Wireless LAN gt AP WPA 2 LABEL DESCRIPTION Security Mode Choose WPA or WPA2 from the drop down list box WPA Compatible This check box is available only when you select WPA2 PSK or WPA2 in the Security Mode field Select the check box to have both WPA PSK and WPA wireless clients be able to communicate with the ZyXEL Device even when the ZyXEL Device is using WPA2 PSK or WPA2 ReAuthentication Specify how often wireless stations have to resend usernames and Timer passwor
229. nections Advanced Setup screen and edit more details of your WAN setup 6 3 2 Configuring More Connections Advanced Setup Use this screen to edit your ZyXEL Device s advanced WAN settings Click the Advanced Setup button in the More Connections Edit screen The screen appears as shown Figure 33 Network gt WAN gt More Connections Edit Advanced Setup ATM Qos ATM QoS Type Peak Cell Rate Sustain Cell Rate Maximum Burst Size MTU MTU UBR b cell sec fo cell sec fo cell 1500 Back Apply Cancel P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 20 Network gt WAN gt More Connections Edit Advanced Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION ATM QoS ATM QoS Type Select CBR Continuous Bit Rate to specify fixed always on bandwidth for voice or data traffic Select UBR Unspecified Bit Rate for applications that are non time sensitive such as e mail Select nrtVBR Variable Bit Rate non Real Time or rtVBR Variable Bit Rate Real Time for bursty traffic and bandwidth sharing with other applications Peak Cell Rate Sustain Cell Rate Divide the DSL line rate bps by 424 the size of an ATM cell to find the Peak Cell Rate PCR This is the maximum rate at which the sender can send cells Type the PCR here The Sustain Cell Rate SCR sets the average cell rate long term that can be transmitted
230. ng 802 11 Mode 802 11b g n a 11 Mode P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorials Thomas can now use the WPS feature to establish a wireless connection between his notebook and the ZyXEL Device see Section 4 2 2 on page 39 He can also use the notebook s wireless client to search for the ZyXEL Device see Section 4 2 3 on page 44 4 2 2 Using WPS This section shows you how to set up a wireless network using WPS It uses the ZyXEL Device as the AP and ZyXEL NWD210N as the wireless client which connects to the notebook Note The wireless client must be a WPS aware device for example a WPS USB adapter or PCMCIA card There are two WPS methods to set up the wireless client settings e Push Button Configuration PBC simply press a button This is the easier of the two methods PIN Configuration configure a Personal Identification Number PIN on the ZyXEL Device A wireless client must also use the same PIN in order to download the wireless network settings from the ZyXEL Device Push Button Configuration PBC 1 Make sure that your ZyXEL Device is turned on and your notebook is within the cover range of the wireless signal 2 Make sure that you have installed the wireless client driver and utility in your notebook 3 In the wireless client utility go to the WPS setting page Enable WPS and press the WPS button Start or WPS button P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutor
231. ng traffic to N2 In this case the ZyXEL Device routes traffic from A to R and then R routes the traffic to B This tutorial uses the following example IP settings Table 5 IP Settings in this Tutorial DEVICE COMPUTER IP ADDRESS The ZyXEL Device s WAN 172 16 1 1 The ZyXEL Device s LAN 192 168 1 1 A 192 168 1 34 R s N1 192 168 1 253 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorials Table 5 IP Settings in this Tutorial DEVICE COMPUTER IP ADDRESS R s N2 192 168 10 2 B 192 168 10 33 To configure a static route to route traffic from N1 to N2 1 Log into the ZyXEL Device s Web Configurator in advanced mode 2 Click Advanced gt Static Route 3 Click Edit on a new rule in the Static Route screen Static Route Static Route Rules destination netmask Gateway Modify 9 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 imi 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 i 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 g 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 g i 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 g 4 Configure the Static Route Setup screen using the following settings 4a Type 192 168 10 0 and subnet mask 255 255 255 0 for the destination N2 4b Type 192 168 1 253 R s N1 address in the Gateway IP Address field Static Route Setup Destination IP Address 192 168 10 0 IP Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway IP Address 192 168 1 253 Back Cancel 4a Click Apply Now B should be able to receiv
232. nt Select Bridge when your ISP provides you more than one IP address and you want the connected computers to get individual IP address from ISP s DHCP server directly If you select Bridge you cannot use Firewall DHCP server and NAT on the ZyXEL Device Encapsulation Select the method of encapsulation used by your ISP from the drop down list box Choices vary depending on the mode you select in the Mode field If you select Bridge in the Mode field select either PPPoA or RFC 1483 If you select Routing in the Mode field select PPPoA RFC 1483 ENET ENCAP or PPPoE User Name PPPoA and PPPoE encapsulation only Enter the user name exactly as your ISP assigned If assigned a name in the form user domain where domain identifies a service name then enter both components exactly as given Password PPPoA and PPPoE encapsulation only Enter the password associated with the user name above Service Name PPPoE only Type the name of your PPPoE service here Multiplexing Select the method of multiplexing used by your ISP from the drop down list Choices are VC or LLC This field is not available if you set the WAN type to Ethernet Virtual Circuit ID VPI Virtual Path Identifier and VCI Virtual Channel Identifier define a virtual circuit Refer to the appendix for more information These fields are not available if you set the WAN type to Ethernet VPI The valid range for the VPI is O
233. number for a service if needed However you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Server Access Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured Client IP Address A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings 16 3 The Telnet Screen You can use Telnet to access the ZyXEL Device s command line interface Specify which interfaces allow Telnet access and from which IP address the access can come Click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt Telnet tab to display the screen as shown Figure 89 Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt Telnet Telnet Server Port 23 Server Access LAN amp WAN v Secured Client IP Address all Selected 0 0 0 0 Apply Cancel P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 16 Remote Management The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 64 Advanced gt Remote Management gt Telnet LABEL DESCRIPTION Server Port You may change the server port number
234. o authenticate the ZyXEL Device when making a connection to the management server This password on the management server and the ZyXEL Device must be the same Type a password of up to 255 printable characters found on an English language keyboard Connection Request Use this part of the screen to allow the management server to connect to the ZyXEL Device after a successful login Path Type the IP address or domain name of the ZyXEL Device The management server uses this path to verify the ZyXEL Device Port The default port for access to the ZyXEL Device from the management server is the HTTP port port 80 If you change it make sure it does not conflict with another port on your network and it is recommended to use a port number above 1024 not a commonly used port The management server should use this port to connect to the ZyXEL Device You may need to alter your NAT port forwarding rules if they were already configured UserName The user name is used to authenticate the management server when connecting to the ZyXEL Device Type a user name of up to 255 printable characters found on an English language keyboard Spaces and characters such as amp _ are allowed Password The password is used to authenticate the management server when connecting to the ZyXEL Device Type a password of up to 255 printable characters found on an English language keyboard Spaces are not allowed Periodic Info
235. ol Screens e Use the Firmware Upgrade screen Section 21 2 on page 219 to upload firmware to your device e Use the Configuration screen Section 21 3 on page 222 to backup and restore device configurations You can also reset your device settings back to the factory default e Use the Restart screen Section 21 4 on page 225 to restart your ZyXEL device 21 2 The Firmware Screen Click Maintenance gt Tools to open the Firmware screen Follow the instructions in this screen to upload firmware to your ZyXEL Device The upload process uses HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol and may take up to two minutes After a successful upload the system will reboot P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 21 Tools Do NOT turn off the ZyXEL Device while firmware upload is in progress Figure 101 Maintenance gt Tools gt Firmware Firmware Upgrade Browse to the location of the binary BIN upgrade file and click UPLOAD Current Firmware Version 340BYHOb2 File Path l Browse Upload The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 90 Maintenance gt Tools gt Firmware LABEL DESCRIPTION Current This is the present Firmware version and the date created Firmware Version File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse to find it Browse Click this to find the bin file you want to upload Remember that you must
236. om the boss s IP address 192 168 1 23 for example is mapped to queue 5 Traffic that does not match P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 14 Quality of Service QoS these two classes are assigned priority queue based on the internal QoS mapping table on the ZyXEL Device Figure 83 QoS Example VoIP Queue 6 14 1 1 What You Can Do in the QoS Screens e Use the QoS screen Section 14 2 on page 171 to configure QoS settings on the ZyXEL Device e Use the QoS Settings Summary screen Section 14 2 1 on page 173 to check the summary of QoS rules and actions you configured for the ZyXEL Device 14 1 2 What You Need to Know About QoS 170 802 1p QoS is used to prioritize source to destination traffic flows All packets in the same flow are given the same priority 802 1p is a way of managing traffic in a network by grouping similar types of traffic together and treating each type as a class You can use 802 1p to give different priorities to different packet types Tagging and Marking In a QoS class you can configure whether to add or change the DiffServ Code Point DSCP value IEEE 802 1p priority level and VLAN ID number in a matched packet When the packet passes through a compatible network the networking device such as a backbone switch can provide specific treatment or service based on the tag or marker Finding Out More See Section 14 3 on page 174 for advanced technical information on QoS P 660HN
237. ong term Rate that can be transmitted Type the SCR which must be less than the PCR Note that system default is 0 cells sec Maximum Maximum Burst Size MBS refers to the maximum number of cells Burst Size that can be sent at the peak rate Type the MBS which is less than 65535 MTU MTU The Maximum Transmission Unit MTU defines the size of the largest packet allowed on an interface or connection Enter the MTU in this field For ENET ENCAP the MTU value is 1500 For PPPoE the MTU value is 1492 For PPPoA and RFC 1483 the MTU is 65535 Back Click this to return to the previous screen without saving P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup Table 17 Network gt WAN gt Internet Access Setup Advanced Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings 6 3 The More Connections Screen The ZyXEL Device allows you to configure more than one Internet access connection To configure additional Internet access connections click Network gt WAN gt More Connections The screen differs by the encapsulation you select When you use the WAN gt Internet Access Setup screen to set up Internet access you are configuring the first WAN connection Figure 31 Network gt WAN gt More Connections a ae a Internet Connection 8 35 ENET ENCAP Ya Ga Ga Ga Ga E E Eb E Eb Et eb On aM hs WN
238. ording to the rule Triangle route packet forwarded The firewall allowed a triangle route session to TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE pass through OSPF Packet without a NAT table entry The router blocked a packet that didn t have a blocked TCP UDP IGMP corresponding NAT table entry ESP GRE OSPF Router sent blocked web site message TCP The router sent a message to notify a user that the router blocked access to a web site that the user requested P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 20 Logs Table 77 TCP Reset Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION Under SYN flood attack sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when a host was under a SYN flood attack the TCP incomplete count is per destination host Exceed TCP MAX incomplete sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when the number of TCP incomplete connections exceeded the user configured threshold the TCP incomplete count is per destination host Note Refer to TCP Maximum Incomplete in the Firewall Attack Alerts screen Peer TCP state out of order sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when a TCP connection state was out of order Note The firewall refers to RFC793 Figure 6 to check the TCP state Firewall session time out sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when a dynamic firewall session timed out Default timeout values ICMP idle time
239. orites d Key Caps GR Network Browser G Recent Applications gt Recent Documents ci Remote Access Status Scrapbook P Sherlock 2 Speakable Items ADSL Control and Status Appearance Apple Menu Options AppleTalk ColorSync Control Strip Date amp Time DialAssist Energy Saver Extensions Manager File Exchange File Sharing General Controls Internet Keyboard Keychain Access Launcher Location Manager Memory Modem Monitors Mouse Multiple Users Numbers QuickTime Settings Remote Access Software Update Sound Speech 4 Ss USB Printer Sharing P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 2 Select Ethernet built in from the Connect via list Figure 134 Macintosh OS 8 9 TCP IP Oo TCP IP Comect via Ethernet gt Configure Using DHCP Server DHCP Client ID IP Address lt will be supplied by server 7 Setup Subnet mask lt will be supplied by server gt Router address lt will be supplied by server gt Search Gomans Name server addr lt will be supplied by server gt l 3 For dynamically assigned settings select Using DHCP Server from the Configure list 4 For statically assigned settings do the following e From the Configure box select Manually e Type your IP address in the IP Address box e Type your subnet mask in the Subnet mask box e Type the IP addre
240. orks DHCP A DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol server can assign your ZyXEL Device an IP address subnet mask DNS and other routing information when it s turned on RIP RIP Routing Information Protocol allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers Multicast Traditionally IP packets are transmitted in one of either two ways Unicast 1 sender 1 recipient or Broadcast 1 sender everybody on the network Multicast delivers IP packets to a group of hosts on the network not everybody and not just 1 IGMP IGMP Internet Group Multicast Protocol is a network layer protocol used to establish membership in a Multicast group it is not used to carry user data There are three versions of IGMP IGMP version 2 and 3 are improvements over version 1 but IGMP version 1 is still in wide use DNS DNS Domain Name System is for mapping a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa The DNS server is extremely important because without it you must know the IP address of a networking device before you can access it P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Setup Finding Out More See Section 7 6 on page 95 for technical background information on LANs 7 1 3 Before You Begin Find out the MAC addresses of your network devices if you intend to add them to the DHCP Client List screen 7 2 The LAN IP Screen Use this screen to set the Local Area Network IP address and
241. ouble click Add Remove Programs 2 Click on the Windows Setup tab and select Communication in the Components selection box Click Details Add Remove Programs Properties i 2 x Install Uninstall Windows Setup Startup Disk To add or remove a component select or clear the check box If the check box is shaded only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a component click Details Components V G Address Book g gt Communications 5 6 MB K Desktop Themes 0 0 MB M i Games 10 1 MB E Multilanguage Support 0 0 MB x Space used by installed components 42 4 MB Space required 0 0 MB Space available on disk 866 3 MB Description Includes accessories to help you connect to other computers and online services 5 of 10 components selected Details Have Disk OK Cancel Apply P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 17 Universal Plug and Play UPnP 3 Inthe Communications window select the Universal Plug and Play check box in the Components selection box Communications x To install a component select the check box next to the component name or clear the check box if you do not want to install it shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed To see what s included in a component click Details Components 3 NetMeeting y Phone Dialer 0 2 MB Universal Plug and Play 0 4 MB
242. out s 60UDP idle timeout s 60TCP connection three way handshaking timeout s 30TCP FIN wait timeout s 60TCP idle established timeout s 3600 Exceed MAX incomplete sent TCP RST The router sent a TCP reset packet when the number of incomplete connections TCP and UDP exceeded the user configured threshold Incomplete count is for all TCP and UDP connections through the firewall Note When the number of incomplete connections TCP UDP gt Maximum Incomplete High the router sends TCP RST packets for TCP connections and destroys TOS firewall dynamic sessions until incomplete connections lt Maximum Incomplete Low Access block sent TCP RST The router sends a TCP RST packet and generates this log if you turn on the firewall TCP reset mechanism via Cl command sys firewall tcprst Table 78 Packet Filter Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION TCP UDP ICMP IGMP Generic packet filter matched set d rule d Attempted access matched a configured filter rule denoted by its set and rule number and was blocked or forwarded according to the rule P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 20 Logs For type and code details see Table 87 on page 217 Table 79 ICMP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION lt Packet Direction gt lt rule d gt lt type d gt lt code d gt Firewall default policy ICMP ICMP access matched the
243. py Delete Devices Hardware DNS Hosts Et You may configure the system s hostname domain H name servers and search domain Name servers are used to look up other hosts on the network Hostname Primary DNS Secondary DNS Tertiary DNS DNS Search Path Active Profile Common modified 5 Click the Devices tab 264 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 6 Click the Activate button to apply the changes The following screen displays Click Yes to save the changes in all screens Figure 140 Red Hat 9 0 KDE Network Configuration Activate redhat config network You have made some changes in your configuration To activate the network device ethO the changes have to be saved Do you want to continue 7 After the network card restart process is complete make sure the Status is Active in the Network Configuration screen Using Configuration Files Follow the steps below to edit the network configuration files and set your computer IP address 1 Assuming that you have only one network card on the computer locate the ifconfig etho configuration file where etho is the name of the Ethernet card Open the configuration file with any plain text editor e If you have a dynamic IP address enter dhcp in the BOOTPROTO field The following figure shows an example Figure 141 Red Hat 9 0 Dynamic IP Add
244. r Computer s IP Address e If you have a dynamic IP address click Obtain an IP address automatically e If you have a static IP address click Use the following I P Address and fill in the IP address Subnet mask and Default gateway fields e Click Advanced Figure 121 Windows XP Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General Altemate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address Obtain DNS server address automatically Use the following DNS server addresses Advanced 6 If you do not know your gateway s IP address remove any previously installed gateways in the IP Settings tab and click OK Do one or more of the following if you want to configure additional IP addresses In the IP Settings tab in IP addresses click Add In TCP IP Address type an IP address in IP address and a subnet mask in Subnet mask and then click Add Repeat the above two steps for each IP address you want to add Configure additional default gateways in the IP Settings tab by clicking Add in Default gateways In TCP 1P Gateway Address type the IP address of the default gateway in Gateway To manually configure a default metric the number of transmission hops clear
245. r address automatically Use the following DNS server addresses 8 Click OK to close the Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window 9 Click Close OK in Windows 2000 NT to close the Local Area Connection Properties window 10 Close the Network Connections window Network and Dial up Connections in Windows 2000 NT 11 Turn on your ZyXEL Device and restart your computer if prompted Verifying Settings 1 Click Start All Programs Accessories and then Command Prompt 2 Inthe Command Prompt window type ipconfig and then press ENTER You can also open Network Connections right click a network connection click Status and then click the Support tab Windows Vista This section shows screens from Windows Vista Enterprise Version 6 0 P 660HN T1H User s Guide 253 Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address 1 Click the Start icon Control Panel Figure 124 Windows Vista Stari Menu Dr eye 7 0 Professional eval Media Player Classic Control Panel Default P Customize the appearance and functionality of your computer add or remove programs and set up network connections and user accounts gt All Programs Help and Support C o TA 8 Pa 2 Inthe Control Panel double click Network and Internet Figure 125 Windows Vista Control Panel GS gt Control Panel File Edit View Tools Help Control Panel Home gt eee System and Mainte
246. recedence 173 175 configuration 172 1P MAC filter 156 configuration 157 structure 153 L LAN 87 client list 92 DHCP 88 91 96 DNS 88 92 96 IGMP 88 99 IP address 88 89 97 IP alias 93 configuration 94 MAC address 93 multicast 88 90 99 RIP 88 90 95 98 status 34 subnet mask 88 89 97 LAND attack 150 LEDs 24 limitations wireless LAN 123 WPS 131 Local Area Network see LAN login 27 passwords 28 logs 209 alerts 209 settings 209 MAC address 93 110 filter 102 104 110 121 MAC address filter activation 110 Management Information Base MIB 185 mapping address 140 rules 142 types 141 142 146 Maximum Burst Size see MBS Maximum Transmission Unit see MTU P 660HN T1H User s Guide 315 Index MBS 76 81 85 MBSSID 124 MTU 76 81 multicast 72 76 88 90 99 GMPInternet Group Multicast Protocol see IGMP Multiple BSS see MBSSID multiplexing 74 79 83 LLC based 83 VC based 83 N nailed up connection 75 80 84 NAT 80 133 134 144 277 activation 135 address mapping 140 rules 142 types 141 142 146 applications 146 IP alias 146 default server IP address 136 138 example 145 global 144 IGA 144 ILA 144 inside 144 local 144 outside 144 P2P 135 port forwarding 134 136 activation 139 configuration 137 example 137 rules 139 remote management 181 SIP ALG 143 activation 143 SUA 134 135 Network Address Translation see NAT Network Address Translation see NAT
247. refer to the following description of the product name format e H denotes an integrated 4 port hub switch e N denotes 802 11n draft 2 0 The N models support 802 11n wireless connection mode e Models ending in 1 for example P 660HN T1 denote a device that works over the analog telephone system POTS Plain Old Telephone Service Models ending in 3 denote a device that works over ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network or T ISDN UR 2 Only use firmware for your ZyXEL Device s specific model Refer to the label on the bottom of your ZyXEL Device Note All screens displayed in this user s guide are from the P 660HN T1H model See the product specifications for a full list of features 1 2 Ways to Manage the ZyXEL Device Use any of the following methods to manage the ZyXEL Device e Web Configurator This is recommended for everyday management of the ZyXEL Device using a Supported web browser e Command Line Interface Line commands are mostly used for troubleshooting by service engineers FTP for firmware upgrades and configuration backup restore P 660HN T1H User s Guide a Chapter 1 Introduction e TR 069 This is an auto configuration server used to remotely configure your device 1 3 Good Habits for Managing the ZyXEL Device Do the following things regularly to make the ZyXEL Device more secure and to manage the ZyXEL Device more effectively e Change the pa
248. ress Setting in ifconfig ethO EVICE eth0 BOOT yes OOTPROTO dhcp SERCTL no EERDNS yes YPE Ethernet HVvawWwWou P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address e If you have a static IP address enter static in the BOOTPROTO field Type IPADDR followed by the IP address in dotted decimal notation and type NETMASK followed by the subnet mask The following example shows an example where the static IP address is 192 168 1 10 and the subnet mask is 255 255 255 0 Figure 142 Red Hat 9 0 Static IP Address Setting in ifconfig ethO DEVICE eth0O ONBOOT yes BOOTPROTO static IPADDR 192 168 1 10 NETMASK 255 255 255 0 USERCTL no PEERDNS yes TYPE Ethernet 2 Ifyou know your DNS server IP address es enter the DNS server information in the resolv conf file in the etc directory The following figure shows an example where two DNS server IP addresses are specified Figure 143 Red Hat 9 0 DNS Settings in resolv conf nameserver 172 23 5 1 nameserver 172 23 5 2 3 After you edit and save the configuration files you must restart the network card Enter network restart in the etc rc d init d directory The following figure shows an example Figure 144 Red Hat 9 0 Restart Ethernet Card root localhost init d network restart Shutting down interface eth0 Shutting down loopback
249. rk see VLAN Virtual Path Identifier see VPI VLAN 163 802 1P priority 163 activation 164 group settings 166 port settings 167 PVC 164 PVI D 168 tagging frames 164 167 VPI 74 79 83 W WAN 71 ATM QoS 76 81 85 encapsulation 71 74 79 IGMP 72 IP address 72 74 79 83 mode 74 79 MTU 76 81 multicast 72 76 multiplexing 74 79 83 nailed up connection 75 80 84 NAT 80 RIP 76 setup 73 status 34 traffic shaping 84 example 85 VCI 74 79 83 VPI 74 79 83 warranty 311 note 311 WDS 115 125 compatibility 115 example 125 web configurator 21 27 login 27 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Index passwords 28 WEP 105 123 key 106 Wide Area Network see WAN Wi Fi Protected Access 298 WiFi Protected Setup see WPS wireless client WPA supplicants 300 Wireless Distribution System see WDS wireless LAN 101 118 activation 104 authentication 120 122 BSS 123 example 124 channel 119 configuration 103 encryption 104 122 example 118 fragmentation threshold 108 120 limitations 123 MAC address filter 102 104 110 121 MBSSID 124 preamble 109 120 RADIUS server 122 RTS CTS threshold 108 120 scheduling 117 security 120 SSID 102 104 112 121 activation 111 status 34 WDS 115 125 compatibility 115 example 125 WEP 105 123 key 106 wizard 66 WPA 107 123 authentication 108 reauthentication 107 WPA PSK 106 123 pre shared key 106 WPS 113 125 128 activation 113 adding stations 115 example 13
250. rm Select Activated to have the ZyXEL Device periodically send information to the management server recommended if CWMP is enabled or select Deactivated to not have the ZyXEL Device periodically send information to the management server Interval The interval is the duration in seconds for which the ZyXEL Device must attempt to connect with the management server to send information and check for configuration updates Enter a value between 1 and 86400 seconds Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 18 CWMP P 660HN T1H User s Guide System Settings 19 1 Overview This chapter shows you how to configure system related settings such as system time password name the domain name and the inactivity timeout interval 19 1 1 What You Can Do in the System Settings Screens e Use the General screen Section 19 2 on page 205 to configure system settings e Use the Time and Date screen Section 19 3 on page 206 to set the system time 19 2 The General Screen Use this screen to configure system admin password Click Maintenance gt System to open the General screen Figure 98 Maintenance gt System gt General Password Admin Password Old Password New Password Retype to confirm A Caution Please record your new password whenever you change it The system will lock
251. rnet Configuration Cannot at e Inte your t tha ngs you entered in t t ns ontact support Restart the Internet Wireless Setup Wizard Continue to Wireless Setup wizard Yes lt Back Next Exit P 660HN T1H User s Guide 65 Chapter 5 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard 5 3 Wireless Connection Wizard Setup After you configure the Internet access information use the following screens to set up your wireless LAN 1 Select Yes and click Next to configure wireless settings Otherwise select No and skip to Step 6 Figure 21 Connection Test Successful STEP 1 gt STEP 2 fa Internet Configuration should be able to access the Internet now R Continue to Wireless Setup wizard Yes No lt Back Next gt Exit 2 Use this screen to activate the wireless LAN Click Next to continue Figure 22 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 1 STEP STEP 2 ff Wireless LAN M Active lt Back Next gt Exit The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 12 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 1 LABEL DESCRIPTION Active Select the check box to turn on the wireless LAN Back Click this to return to the previous screen without saving P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 5 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard Table 12 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 1 LABEL DESCRIPTION Next Click this to continue to the next wizard screen Exit Click this to close
252. roblems with the DSLAM and ATM network P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 22 Diagnostic Table 93 Maintenance gt Diagnostic gt DSL Line continued LABEL DESCRIPTION DSL Line Status Click this to view statistics about the DSL connections noise margin downstream is the signal to noise ratio for the downstream part of the connection coming into the ZyXEL Device from the ISP It is measured in decibels The higher the number the more signal and less noise there is output power upstream is the amount of power in decibels that the ZyXEL Device is using to transmit to the ISP attenuation downstream is the reduction in amplitude in decibels of the DSL signal coming into the ZyXEL Device from the ISP Discrete Multi Tone DMT modulation divides up a line s bandwidth into sub carriers sub channels of 4 3125 KHz each called tones The rest of the display is the line s bit allocation This is displayed as the number in hexadecimal format of bits transmitted for each tone This can be used to determine the quality of the connection whether a given sub carrier loop has sufficient margins to support certain ADSL transmission rates and possibly to determine whether particular specific types of interference or line attenuation exist Refer to the ITU T G 992 1 recommendation for more information on DMT The better or shorter the line the higher the number of bits transmitted for a DMT tone The
253. rollee If you need to make sure that WPS worked check the list of associated wireless clients in the AP s configuration utility If you see the wireless client in the list WPS was successful PIN Configuration Each WPS enabled device has its own PIN Personal Identification Number This may either be static it cannot be changed or dynamic in some devices you can generate a new PIN by clicking on a button in the configuration interface Use the PIN method instead of the push button configuration PBC method if you want to ensure that the connection is established between the devices you specify not just the first two devices to activate WPS in range of each other However you need to log into the configuration interfaces of both devices to use the PIN method When you use the PIN method you must enter the PIN from one device usually the wireless client into the second device usually the Access Point or wireless router Then when WPS is activated on the first device it presents its PIN to the second device If the PIN matches one device sends the network and security information to the other allowing it to join the network P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN Take the following steps to set up a WPS connection between an access point or wireless router referred to here as the AP and a client device using the PIN method Ensure WPS is enabled on both devices Access the WPS section of the AP
254. rom certain applications Filter IP MAC Filter Use this screen to configure P MAC filtering rules for incoming or outgoing traffic Advanced Static Route Use this screen to configure IP static routes to tell your device about networks beyond the directly connected remote nodes 802 1Q 1P Group Setting Use this screen to activate 802 1Q 1P specify the management VLAN group display the VLAN groups and configure the settings for each VLAN group Port Setting Use this screen to configure the PVID and assign traffic priority for each port Qos General Use this screen to enable QoS and traffic prioritizing You can also configure the QoS rules and actions Dynamic DNS This screen allows you to use a static hostname alias for a dynamic IP address Remote MGMT WWW Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use HTTP to manage the ZyXEL Device Telnet Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use Telnet to manage the ZyXEL Device FTP Use this screen to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use FTP to access the ZyXEL Device P 660HN T1H User s Guide Em Chapter 2 The Web Configurator Table 3 Navigation Panel Summary LINK TAB FUNCTION SNMP Use this scre
255. rt for sub network A subnet mask has 32 bits If a bit in the subnet mask is a 1 then the corresponding bit in the IP address is part of the network number If a bit in the subnet mask is 0 then the corresponding bit in the IP address is part of the host ID The following example shows a subnet mask identifying the network number in bold text and host ID of an IP address 192 168 1 2 in decimal Table 99 Subnet Masks 1ST 2ND 3RD 4TH OCTET OCTET OCTET OCTET 192 168 1 2 IP Address Binary 11000000 10101000 00000001 00000010 Subnet Mask Binary 11111111 11111111 11111111 00000000 Network Number 11000000 10101000 00000001 Host ID 00000010 270 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix B IP Addresses and Subnetting By convention subnet masks always consist of a continuous sequence of ones beginning from the leftmost bit of the mask followed by a continuous sequence of zeros for a total number of 32 bits Subnet masks can be referred to by the size of the network number part the bits with a 1 value For example an 8 bit mask means that the first 8 bits of the mask are ones and the remaining 24 bits are zeroes Subnet masks are expressed in dotted decimal notation just like IP addresses The following examples show the binary and decimal notation for 8 bit 16 bit 24 bit and 29 bit subnet masks Table 100 Subnet Masks BINARY 1ST 2ND
256. s They use these keys to encrypt data exchanged between them Figure 164 WPA 2 PSK Authentication Security Parameters Summary Refer to this table to see what other security parameters you should configure for each authentication method or key management protocol type MAC address filters are not dependent on how you configure these security features Table 113 Wireless Security Relational Matrix AUTHENTICATION METHOD KEY ENCRYPTIO ENTER IEEE 802 1X MANAGEMENT N METHOD MANUAL KEY i PROTOCOL Open None No Disable Enable without Dynamic WEP Key Open WEP No Enable with Dynamic WEP Key Yes Enable without Dynamic WEP Key Yes Disable Shared WEP No Enable with Dynamic WEP Key Yes Enable without Dynamic WEP Key Yes Disable WPA TKIP AES No Enable WPA PSK TKIP AES Yes Disable WPA2 TKIP AES No Enable WPA2 PSK TKIP AES Yes Disable P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix D Wireless LANs Antenna Overview An antenna couples RF signals onto air A transmitter within a wireless device sends an RF signal to the antenna which propagates the signal through the air The antenna also operates in reverse by capturing RF signals from the air Positioning the antennas properly increases the range and coverage area of a wireless LAN Antenna Characteristics Frequency An antenna in the frequency of 2 4GHz IEEE 802 11b and IEEE 802 11g or 5GHz IEEE 802 11a is needed to commun
257. s and other advanced properties DHCP Setup Use this screen to configure LAN DHCP settings and DNS server Client List Use this screen to view current DHCP client information and to always assign specific IP addresses to individual MAC addresses and host names IP Alias Use this screen to partition your LAN interface into subnets P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 2 The Web Configurator Table 3 Navigation Panel Summary LINK TAB FUNCTION Wireless LAN AP Use this screen to configure the wireless LAN settings and WLAN authentication security settings More AP Use this screen to configure multiple BSSs on the ZyXEL Device WPS Use this screen to configure and view your WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup settings WPS Station Use this screen to set up a WPS wireless network WDS Use this screen to set up Wireless Distribution System links to other access points Scheduling Use this screen to configure the dates times to enable or disable the wireless LAN NAT General Use this screen to enable NAT Port Use this screen to make your local servers visible to the outside Forwarding world ALG Use this screen to enable or disable SIP ALG Security Firewall Use this screen to activate deactivate the firewall and SPI Security Parameter Index Filter URL Filter Use this screen to block access to certain URL web sites Application Use this screen to allow or block traffic f
258. s click Advanced and then the DNS tab to order them Figure 132 Windows Vista Internet Protocol Version 4 TCP IPv4 Properties Internet Protocol Version 4 TCP IPv4 Properties EAA General Alternate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Use the following IP address Obtain DNS server address automatically Use the following DNS server addresses Advanced cne 10 Click OK to close the Internet Protocol Version 4 TCP I Pv4 Properties window 11 Click Close to close the Local Area Connection Properties window 12 Close the Network Connections window 13 Turn on your ZyXEL Device and restart your computer if prompted Verifying Settings Click Start All Programs Accessories and then Command Prompt In the Command Prompt window type ipconfig and then press ENTER You can also open Network Connections right click a network connection click Status and then click the Support tab P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Macintosh OS 8 9 1 Click the Apple menu Control Panel and double click TCP IP to open the TCP I P Control Panel About This Computer Figure 133 Macintosh OS 8 9 Apple Menu Ap Apple System Profiler E Calculator Chooser Control Panels M Fav
259. s status 230 dynamic DNS 177 activation 178 wildcard 177 activation 178 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol see DHCP dynamic WEP key exchange 298 DYNDNS wildcard 177 activation 178 E EAP Authentication 296 encapsulation 71 74 79 ENET ENCAP 82 PPPOA 82 PPPoE 82 RFC 1483 82 encryption 104 122 299 WEP 105 key 106 WPA 107 authentication 108 reauthentication 107 WPA PSK 106 pre shared key 106 ENET ENCAP 74 79 82 ESS 290 Extended Service Set See ESS 290 F FCC interference statement 309 filters 153 application 155 1P MAC 156 structure 153 1P MAC filter configuration 157 MAC address 110 121 activation 110 URL 153 154 firewalls 149 configuration 151 DDoS 150 DoS 149 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Index LAND attack 150 Ping of Death 150 status 35 SYN attack 149 firmware 219 version 34 forwarding ports 134 136 activation 139 configuration 137 example 137 rules 139 fragmentation threshold 108 120 293 FTP 21 183 H hidden node 291 IANA 277 Internet Assigned Numbers Authority see IANA IBSS 289 ICMP 187 IEEE 802 11g 293 IGA 144 IGMP 72 88 90 99 ILA 144 Independent Basic Service Set See IBSS 289 initialization vector IV 299 Inside Global Address see IGA Inside Local Address see ILA Internet Group Multicast Protocol see IGMP IP address 72 74 79 83 88 97 default server 136 138 ping 227 private 98 IP alias 93 configuration 94 NAT applications 146 IP p
260. s C02 Call Terminated The PPPoE PPTP or dial up call was disconnected Table 81 PPP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION ppp LCP Starting The PPP connection s Link Control Protocol stage has started ppp LCP Opening The PPP connection s Link Control Protocol stage is opening ppp CHAP Opening The PPP connection s Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol stage is opening ppp IPCP Starting starting The PPP connection s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is ppp IPCP Opening opening The PPP connection s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 20 Logs Table 81 PPP Logs continued LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION ppp LCP Closing The PPP connection s Link Control Protocol stage is closing ppp IPCP Closing The PPP connection s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is closing Table 82 UPnP Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION UPnP pass through Firewall UPnP packets can pass through the firewall Table 83 Content Filtering Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION s block keyword The content of a requested web page matched a user defined keyword oe n The system forwarded web content For type and code details see Table 87 on page 217 Table 84 Attack Logs LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION attack TCP UDP IGMP ESP GRE
261. s Messenger Internet Options You can also check if pop up blocking is disabled in the Pop up Blocker section in the Privacy tab P 660HN T1H User s Guide 279 Appendix C Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Internet Options Privacy 2 Clear the Block pop ups check box in the Pop up Blocker section of the screen This disables any web pop up blockers you may have enabled Figure 150 Internet Options Privacy Internet Options AR General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Settings t Move the slider to select a privacy setting for the Internet zone Medium Blocks third party cookies that do not have a compact privacy policy Blocks third party cookies that use personally identifiable L 3 information without your implicit consent Restricts first party cookies that use personally identifiable information without implicit consent Pop up Blocker Prevent most pop up windows from appearing Block pop ups 3 Click Apply to save this setting Enable Pop up Blockers with Exceptions Alternatively if you only want to allow pop up windows from your device see the following steps 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Internet Options and then the Privacy tab P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix C Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 2 Select Settings to open the Pop up Blocker Setting
262. s device within wireless range of the ZyXEL Device to your wireless network This button may either be a physical button on the outside of device or a menu button similar to the Push Button on this screen Note You must press the other wireless device s WPS button within two minutes of pressing this button Or input Enter the PIN of the device that you are setting up a WPS connection station s PIN with and click Start to authenticate and add the wireless device to your number wireless network You can find the PIN either on the outside of the device or by checking the device s settings Note You must also activate WPS on that device within two minutes to have it present its PIN to the ZyXEL Device 8 6 The WDS Screen An AP using the Wireless Distribution System WDS can function as a wireless network bridge allowing you to wirelessly connect two wired network segments The WDS screen allows you to configure the ZyXEL Device to connect to two or more APs wirelessly when WDS is enabled Use this screen to set up your WDS Wireless Distribution System links between the ZyXEL Device and other wireless APs You need to know the MAC address of the peer device Once the security settings of peer sides match one another the connection between devices is made Note WDS security is independent of the security settings between the ZyXEL Device and any wireless clients Note At the time of writing WDS is compatible wi
263. s point AP and the notebook is the wireless client The wireless client can access the Internet through the AP 7 yy C INTERNEJ 4 XA Thomas has to configure the wireless network settings on the ZyXEL Device Then he can set up a wireless network using WPS Section 4 2 2 on page 39 or manual configuration Section 4 2 3 on page 44 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorials 4 2 1 Configuring the Wireless Network Settings This example uses the following parameters to set up a wireless network SSID Example Security Mode WPA PSK Pre Shared Key DoNotStealMyWirelessNetwork 802 11 Mode 802 11b g n 1 Click Network gt Wireless LAN to open the AP screen Configure the screen using the provided parameters see page 38 Click Apply Wireless Setup Enable Wireless LAN TAIWAN v Channel06 2437MHz Current Channel Channel Selection Common Setup Name SSID 7 Hide SSID Security Mode Pre Shared Key MAC Filter Qos WPA Group Key Update Timer Example DoNotStealMyWirelessNetwork fio In Seconds Allow Association Edit I Enable Qos Apply Cancel Advanced Setup 2 Click the Advanced Setup button and select 802 11b g n in the 802 field Click Apply Wireless Advanced Setup RTS CTS Threshold Fragmentation Threshold 2347 1 2347 2346 256 2346 even numbers only Output Power 100 Preamble Lo
264. s screen Figure 151 Internet Options Privacy Internet Options General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Settings lA Move the slider to select a privacy setting for the Internet zone Medium Blocks third party cookies that do not have a compact privacy policy Blocks third party cookies that use personally identifiable C3 information without your implicit consent Restricts first party cookies that use personally identifiable information without implicit consent Pop up Blocker Prevent most pop up windows from appearing Block pop ups Settings 3 Type the IP address of your device the web page that you do not want to have blocked with the prefix http For example http 192 168 167 1 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix C Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions 4 Click Add to move the IP address to the list of Allowed sites Figure 152 Pop up Blocker Settings Pop up Blocker Settings Exceptions Pop ups are currently blocked You can allow pop ups from specific Web sites by adding the site to the list below Address of Web site to allow http 4 192 168 1 1 Allowed sites Notifications and Filter Level Play a sound when a pop up is blocked Show Information Bar when a pop up is blocked Filter Level Medium Block most automatic pop ups Pop up Blocker FAG 5 Click Close to return to the Privacy screen
265. s the default gateway to route outbound traffic from computers on the LAN to the Internet To have the ZyXEL Device send data to devices not reachable through the default gateway use static routes For example the next figure shows a computer A connected to the ZyXEL Device s LAN interface The ZyXEL Device routes most traffic from A to the Internet through the ZyXEL Device s default gateway R1 You create one static route to connect to services offered by your ISP behind router R2 You create another static route to communicate with a separate network behind a router R3 connected to the LAN Figure 76 Example of Static Routing Topology P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 12 Static Route 12 1 1 What You Can Do in the Static Route Screens Use the Static Route screens Section 12 2 on page 160 to view and configure IP static routes on the ZyXEL Device 12 2 The Static Route Screen Use this screen to view the static route rules Click Advanced gt Static Route to open the Static Route screen Figure 77 Advanced gt Static Route Static Route Rules Destination Netmask Gateway modiy 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 g wt 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 g 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 g 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 g 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 g W 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 g 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 g wt 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 S 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 g T 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 g 11 0
266. s you to determine which services protocols can access which ZyXEL Device interface if any from which computers The following figure shows remote management of the ZyXEL Device coming in from the WAN Figure 87 Remote Management From the WAN LAN WAN INTERNEJ Note When you configure remote management to allow management from the WAN you still need to configure a firewall rule to allow access You may manage your ZyXEL Device from a remote location via e Internet WAN only e LAN only e LAN and WAN e None Disable To disable remote management of a service select Disable in the corresponding Service Access field You may only have one remote management session running at a time The ZyXEL Device automatically disconnects a remote management session of lower priority P 660HN T1H User s Guide 1 79 Chapter 16 Remote Management 16 1 1 when another remote management session of higher priority starts The priorities for the different types of remote management sessions are as follows Telnet HTTP What You Can Do in the Remote Management Screens Use the WWW screen Section 16 2 on page 181 to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use HTTP to manage the ZyXEL Device Use the Telnet screen Section 16 3 on page 182 to configure through which interface s and from which IP address es users can use Telnet to manage the ZyXEL Device Use the FTP screen Section
267. ser s Guide Chapter 16 Remote Management The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 65 Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt FTP LABEL DESCRIPTION Server Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed However you must use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management Server Access Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured Client A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to communicate IP Address with the ZyXEL Device using this service Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the ZyXEL Device using this service Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings 16 5 The SNMP Screen Simple Network Management Protocol is a protocol used for exchanging management information between network devices Your ZyXEL Device supports SNMP agent functionality which allows a manager station to manage and monitor the ZyXEL Device through the network The ZyXEL Device supports SNMP version one SNMPv1 and version two SNMPv2c The next figure illustrates an SNMP management operation Figure 91 SNMP Management Model MANAGER AGENT Managed Device Managed Device Man
268. ss PC card to access this router AND you made changes to the SSID then you will need to make the same changes to your Wireless PC card AFTER you click the Apply Button Once the changes have been made to the Wireless PC card you will be able to connect back to the router and continue the configuration process lt Back Apply Exit P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 5 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard 6 Use the read only summary table to check whether what you have configured is correct Click Finish to complete and save the wizard setup Note No wireless LAN settings display if you chose not to configure wireless LAN settings Figure 27 Internet Access and WLAN Wizard Setup Complete CONGRATULATIONS The Internet Wireless Setup configuration is complete Here is your current settings Mode Routing Encapsulation ENET ENCAP Multiplexi LLC PI CI Network Name SSID ZyXELO1 Channel Selection Security Disable wire security Press Finish button to close this wizard or click the following link to open other pages Return to Wizard Main Page Go to Advanced Setup page 7 Launch your web browser and navigate to www zyxel com Internet access is just the beginning Refer to the rest of this guide for more detailed information on the complete range of ZyXEL Device features If you cannot access the Internet open the web configurator again to confirm that the Internet settings you configured in the wizar
269. ss of your ZyXEL Device in the Router address box 5 Close the TCP IP Control Panel 6 Click Save if prompted to save changes to your configuration 7 Turn on your ZyXEL Device and restart your computer if prompted Verifying Settings Check your TCP IP properties in the TCP IP Control Panel window P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address Macintosh OS X 1 Click the Apple menu and click System Preferences to open the System Preferences window Figure 135 Macintosh OS X Apple Menu Grab File Edit Capt About This Mac Get Mac OS X Software System Preferences SSE Ges Doc Location 2 Click Network in the icon bar e Select Automatic from the Location list e Select Built in Ethernet from the Show list e Click the TCP IP tab 3 For dynamically assigned settings select Using DHCP from the Configure list Figure 136 Macintosh OS X Network 60 Network mog Show All Displays Network Startup Disk Location Automatic E Show Built in Ethernet ima x AppleTalk Proxies Configure Using DHCP 9 Domain Name Servers Optional IP Address 192 168 11 12 168 95 1 1 Provided by DHCP Server Subnet Mask 255 255 254 0 Router 192 168 10 11 Search Domains Optional DHCP Client ID Optional Example apple com earthlink net Ethernet Address 00 05 02 43 93 ff Click the lock to prevent further changes
270. ssword Use a password that s not easy to guess and that consists of different types of characters such as numbers and letters e Write down the password and put it in a safe place e Back up the configuration and make sure you know how to restore it Restoring an earlier working configuration may be useful if the device becomes unstable or even crashes If you forget your password you will have to reset the ZyXEL Device to its factory default settings If you backed up an earlier configuration file you would not have to totally re configure the ZyXEL Device You could simply restore your last configuration 1 4 Applications for the ZyXEL Device Here are some example uses for which the ZyXEL Device is well suited 1 4 1 Internet Access Your ZyXEL Device provides shared Internet access by connecting the DSL port to the DSL or MODEM jack on a splitter or your telephone jack Computers can connect to the ZyXEL Device s LAN ports or wirelessly Figure 1 ZyXEL Device s Router Features 22 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 1 Introduction You can also configure firewall and filtering feature on the ZyXEL Device for secure Internet access When the firewall is on all incoming traffic from the Internet to your network is blocked unless it is initiated from your network This means that probes from the outside to your network are not allowed but you can safely browse the Internet and download files Use the filter
271. stations Push Button Or input station s PIN numba q Note Auto z le Continuous Access Mode x WITHIN 2 MINUTES D Authentication by PIN d tenema CQ COMMUNICATION qe P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 4 Tutorials 4 2 3 Without WPS Use the wireless adapter s utility installed on the notebook to search for the Example SSID Then enter the DoNotStealMyWirelessNetwork pre shared key to establish an wireless Internet connection Note The ZyXEL Device supports IEEE 802 11b and IEEE 802 11g wireless clients Make sure that your notebook or computer s wireless adapter supports one of these standards 4 2 4 Setting Up Wireless Network Scheduling Thomas mostly uses his notebook to access the Internet on weekends occasionally he uses it at night on weekdays Here is how Thomas can set up a schedule to turn on the wireless network at specific time and days Click Network gt Wireless Network gt Scheduling to open the following screen Wireless LAN Scheduling I Enable Wireless LAN Scheduling Action s Day Except for the following times 24 Hour Format C on off IT Everyday oo hour oo min oo hour f 00 min C on off I Monday oo hour oo min oo Z hour 00 min C On off I Tuesday oo hour oo min oo hour f 00 min C on off I Wednesday oo hour oo J m
272. strar and the wireless client is not always the enrollee All WPS certified APs can be a registrar and so can some WPS enabled wireless clients By default a WPS devices is unconfigured This means that it is not part of an existing network and can act as either enrollee or registrar if it supports both functions If the registrar is unconfigured the security settings it transmits to the enrollee are randomly generated Once a WPS enabled device has connected to another device using WPS it becomes configured A configured wireless client can still act as enrollee or registrar in subsequent WPS connections but a configured access point can no longer act as enrollee It will be the registrar in all subsequent WPS connections in which it is involved If you want a configured AP to act as an enrollee you must reset it to its factory defaults P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN 8 8 8 4 Example WPS Network Setup This section shows how security settings are distributed in an example WPS setup The following figure shows an example network In step 1 both AP1 and Client 1 are unconfigured When WPS is activated on both they perform the handshake In this example AP1 is the registrar and Client 1 is the enrollee The registrar randomly generates the security information to set up the network since it is unconfigured and has no existing information Figure 60 WPS Example Network Step 1 ENROLLEE REGISTRA
273. t Bridge mode Encapsulation S tthe encapsulation method used by your ISP Your ISP may list ENET ENCAP as Static IP ynamic IP Multiplexing Select the multiplexing type used by your ISP Virtual Circuit ID The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 7 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters LABEL DESCRIPTION Mode Select Routing default from the drop down list box if your ISP give you one IP address only and you want multiple computers to share an Internet account Select Bridge when your ISP provides you more than one IP address and you want the connected computers to get individual IP address from ISP s DHCP server directly If you select Bridge you cannot use Firewall DHCP server and NAT on the ZyXEL Device Encapsulation Select the encapsulation type your ISP uses from the Encapsulation drop down list box Choices vary depending on what you select in the Mode field If you select Bridge in the Mode field select either PPPoA or RFC 1483 If you select Routing in the Mode field select PPPoA RFC 1483 ENET ENCAP or PPPoE P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 5 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard Table 7 Internet Access Wizard Setup ISP Parameters LABEL DESCRIPTION Multiplexing Virtual Circuit Select the multiplexing method used by your ISP from the Multiplex drop down list box either VC based or LLC b
274. t IP Subnet This is the current subnet mask in the LAN Mask DHCP This field displays what DHCP services the ZyXEL Device is providing to the LAN Choices are Server The ZyXEL Device is a DHCP server in the LAN It assigns IP addresses to other computers in the LAN Relay The ZyXEL Device acts as a surrogate DHCP server and relays DHCP requests and responses between the remote server and the clients None The ZyXEL Device is not providing any DHCP services to the LAN Click this to go to the screen where you can change it WLAN Informatio n ESSID This is the descriptive name used to identify the ZyXEL Device in a wireless LAN Click this to go to the screen where you can change it P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 3 Status Screens Table 4 Status Screen LABEL DESCRIPTION Channel This is the channel number used by the ZyXEL Device now Security This displays the type of security mode the ZyXEL Device is using in the wireless LAN WPS This displays whether WPS is activated Click this to go to the screen where you can configure the settings Status This displays whether WLAN is activated Security Firewall This displays whether or not the ZyXEL Device s firewall is activated Click this to go to the screen where you can change it System Status System This field displays how long the ZyXEL Device has been running since it Uptime last started up
275. t The screen shown next appears Figure 78 Advanced gt Static Route Edit Static Route Setup Destination IP Address 0 0 0 0 IP Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 Gateway IP Address 0 0 0 0 Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 54 Advanced gt Static Route Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Static Route Setup Destination IP This parameter specifies the IP network address of the final destination Address Routing is always based on network number If you need to specify a route to a single host use a subnet mask of 255 255 255 255 in the subnet mask field to force the network number to be identical to the host ID IP Subnet Enter the IP subnet mask here Mask Gateway IP Enter the IP address of the gateway The gateway is a router or switch on Address the same network segment as the device s LAN or WAN port The gateway helps forward packets to their destinations Back Click this to return to the previous screen without saving Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 12 Static Route P 660HN T1H User s Guide 13 1 13 1 1 13 1 2 802 1Q 1P Overview This chapter describes how to configure the 802 1Q 1P settings A Virtual Local Area Network VLAN allows a physical network to be partitioned into multiple logical networks
276. t 250 011100 011010 011000 6 6 4 100110 100100 100010 100000 5 101110 101000 7 7 6 110000 7 111000 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Dynamic DNS Setup 15 1 Overview Dynamic DNS allows you to update your current dynamic IP address with one or many dynamic DNS services so that anyone can contact you in NetMeeting CU SeeMe etc You can also access your FTP server or Web site on your own computer using a domain name for instance myhost dhs org where myhost is a name of your choice that will never change instead of using an IP address that changes each time you reconnect Your friends or relatives will always be able to call you even if they don t know your IP address First of all you need to have registered a dynamic DNS account with www dyndns org This is for people with a dynamic IP from their ISP or DHCP server that would still like to have a domain name The Dynamic DNS service provider will give you a password or key 15 1 1 What You Can Do in the DDNS Screen Use the Dynamic DNS screen Section 15 2 on page 178 to enable DDNS and configure the DDNS settings on the ZyXEL Device 15 1 2 What You Need To Know About DDNS DYNDNS Wildcard Enabling the wildcard feature for your host causes yourhost dyndns org to be aliased to the same IP address as yourhost dyndns org This feature is useful if you want to be able to use for example www yourhost dyndns org and still reach your hostname I
277. t Multi Mode standard ANSI T1 413 Issue 2 G dmt G 992 1 G lite G992 2 EOC specified in ITU T G 992 1 ADSL2 G dmt bis G 992 3 ADSL2 G lite bis G 992 4 ADSL2 G 992 5 Reach Extended ADSL RE ADSL SRA Seamless Rate Adaptation Auto negotiating rate adaptation ADSL physical connection ATM AAL5 ATM Adaptation Layer type 5 Support multi protocol over AAL5 RFC2684 1483 Support PPP over ATM AAL5 RFC2364 PPP over Ethernet support for DSL connection RFC 2516 Support VC based and LLC based multiplexing Support up to 8 PVCs 1 610 F4 F5 OAM TR 067 TR 100 supported P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 24 Product Specifications Table 95 Firmware Specifications continued Other Protocol SIP pass through Poppe DNS Proxy Dynamic DNS www dyndns org IP Alias DHCP client server relay RIP I RIP Il supported Support 16 IP Static routes by Gateway IGMP v1 and v2 IP Policy Routing UPnP support Transparent bridging VLAN tagging pass through bridge mode Static DHCP Management Embedded Web Configurator remove webhelp SNMP v1 amp v2c with MIB II Remote Management Control Telnet FTP and Web TR 069 HTTPS MTU adjustable on WebGUI SMT 24 3 Wireless Features Table 96 Wireless Features Internal Antenna The ZyXEL Device is equipped with one internal antenna to provide a clear radio signal between the wireless stations and the access points Filtering Wir
278. t guide CLI Reference Guide Support note Certification Declaration SNMP MIB File P 660HN T1H User s Guide 3 About This User s Guide e Download Library Search for the latest product updates and documentation from this link Read the Tech Doc Overview to find out how to efficiently use the User Guide Quick Start Guide and Command Line Interface Reference Guide in order to better understand how to use your product e Knowledge Base If you have a specific question about your product the answer may be here This is a collection of answers to previously asked questions about ZyXEL products e Forum This contains discussions on ZyXEL products Learn from others who use ZyXEL products and share your experiences as well Customer Support In the event of problems that cannot be solved by using this manual you should contact your vendor If you cannot contact your vendor then contact a ZyXEL office for the region in which you bought the device See http www zyxel com web contact_us php for contact information Please have the following information ready when you contact an office e Product model and serial number e Warranty Information e Date that you received your device Brief description of the problem and the steps you took to solve it Disclaimer Graphics in this book may differ slightly from the product due to differences in operating systems operating system versions or if you inst
279. t the Status screen 2 2 4 Status Bar Check the status bar when you click Apply or OK to verify that the configuration has been updated P 660HN T1H User s Guide Status Screens 3 1 Overview Use the Status screens to look at the current status of the device system resources and interfaces LAN and WAN The Status screen also provides detailed information from DHCP and statistics from bandwidth management and traffic 3 2 The Status Screen Use this screen to view the status of the ZyXEL Device Click Status to open this screen Figure 7 Status Screen gt Status Device Information Host Name Model Number MAC address ZyNOS Firmware Version DSL Firmware Version WAN Information DSL Mode IP Address IP Subnet Mask Default Gateway VPI VCI LAN Information IP Address IP Subnet Mask DHCP WLAN Information ESSID Firewall P 660HN T1H P 660HN T1H 40 44 03 b9 1d 6a 3 40 BYH 0 b9 FwVer 3 12 8 140_TC3086 HwVer T14F7_7 0 PPPoE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 35 192 168 1 1 255 255 255 0 Server RT3390 1 Channel 9 No Security Configured ON Disabled Refresh Interval None System Status System Uptime 0 01 25 Current Date Time 01 01 2000 00 03 08 System Mode Routing Bridging CPU Usage aaa amp 22 Memory Usage Interface Status a interface status nate Down 07 0 Up 100M Full 150M P 660HN T1H User
280. te Management gt DNS DNS Server Port Server Access LAN amp WAN v Secured Client IP Address all Selected 0 0 0 0 Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 67 Advanced gt Remote Management gt DNS LABEL DESCRIPTION Server Port The DNS service port number is 53 and cannot be changed here Server Access Select the interface s through which a computer may send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Secured Client IP Address A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Select All to allow any computer to send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to send DNS queries to the ZyXEL Device Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 16 Remote Management 16 7 The ICMP Screen To change your ZyXEL Device s security settings click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt ICMP The screen appears as shown If an outside user attempts to probe an unsupported port on your ZyXEL Device an ICMP response packet is automatically returned This allows the outside user to know the ZyXEL Device exists Your ZyXEL Device supports anti probing which prevents the ICMP response packet from being sent This keeps outs
281. teaaed 189 RE steak cia a aa E AANA glaoepated betas Ueryune atin 201 CaF SUT oe PRIN aac peak rte ae da A R 205 LOGS orn ciamenerenaiinbaniqauadan eames agnntenigatamdaseammeneataurenanns 209 TOO sessed vstiestpanes R aadeaanit jaeteatign Landen iaadanenaerensintsaey 219 PVCS SME gcc casceic ices cccedasdemancdasciak N 227 TROUDISSOUING sisisi Eaa 231 Produet SSC CTNGNG ania a aa e a a a iS 237 P 660HN T1H User s Guide 9 Contents Overview P 660HN T1H User s Guide Table of Contents Table of Contents eM or et Wg TNS U ero OIE o ere er oer ce ee ee eae er eee 3 Document GOV GINO INS acid scsicedccho aris caste icdo recites nadip tease tease iae ada aa Na raidai eidar E 5 Salety WANING coco cect hs iaaa rai araea u aaa vice Aaaa S E 7 COMON OVET eiciia aiai a PS eo ee ee ee eee aTeo 9 TaD OFCOM NE cerun R E a eee eee ee eee ae 11 Part l User s Guide cccccsescsescsescnescneecuseeaneeeeeeeeeeseeseeseneueeeesenesenes 19 Chapter 1 Dode O oae 21 N N o E E eee hoes cnt hase bas 21 1 2 Ways to Manage ihe ZyXEL Dts i ciacoceusinnzescevpaniancepnciiandeecnnledaacboneianete nasawpianerdadameneeniee 21 1 3 Good Habits for Managing the ZyXEL DeVICE sasarissasimanin ai 22 1 4 Applications for the ZyXEL DOvViC iii iccssicsssrnsceessscnsuaiedaaieussedean dassebesscddbendesiruddedssenmackesadat 22 DN MRS IMSL ACCESS eire i a a aia 22 142 Using The WP SPY LAN BITON orniingssiisaiiednin aina A N cannes 23 To CEDS CONS l
282. teed The Segmentation and Reassembly SAR driver translates packets into ATM cells It also receives ATM cells and reassembles them into packets These counters are set back to zero whenever the device starts up inPkts is the number of good ATM cells that have been received inDiscards is the number of received ATM cells that were rejected outPkts is the number of ATM cells that have been sent outDiscards is the number of ATM cells sent that were rejected inF4Pkts is the number of ATM Operations Administration and Management OAM F4 cells that have been received See ITU recommendation 1 610 for more on OAM for ATM outF4Pkts is the number of ATM OAM F4 cells that have been sent inF5Pkts is the number of ATM OAM F5 cells that have been received outF5Pkts is the number of ATM OAM F5 cells that have been sent openChan is the number of times that the ZyXEL Device has opened a logical DSL channel closeChan is the number of times that the ZyXEL Device has closed a logical DSL channel txRate is the number of bytes transmitted per second rxRate is the number of bytes received per second ATM Loopback Test Click this to start the ATM loopback test Make sure you have configured at least one PVC with proper VPIs VCls before you begin this test The ZyXEL Device sends an OAM F5 packet to the DSLAM ATM switch and then returns it loops it back to the ZyXEL Device The ATM loopback test is useful for troubleshooting p
283. th other ZyXEL APs only Not all models support WDS links Check your other AP s documentation P 660HN T1H User s Guide 115 Chapter 8 Wireless LAN Click Network gt Wireless LAN gt WDS The following screen displays Figure 53 Network gt Wireless LAN gt WDS Link Setup WDS Security TKIP ZyAIR Series Compatible C AES Fa active Remote Bridge MAC Address rs S 00 00 00 00 00 00 _ eoe 2 O 00 00 00 00 00 00 _ O o E 00 00 00 00 00 00 _ o oO 00 00 00 00 00 00 _ C e E Apply Cancel The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 37 Network gt Wireless LAN gt WDS LABEL DESCRIPTION WDS Security Select the type of the key used to encrypt data between APs All the wireless APs including the ZyXEL Device must use the same pre shared key for data transmission The option is available only when you set the security mode to WPA 2 or WPA 2 PSK in the Wireless LAN gt AP screen TKIP Select this to use TKIP Temporal Key Integrity Protocol encryption AES Select this to use AES Advanced Encryption Standard encryption This is the index number of the individual WDS link Active Select this to activate the link between the ZyXEL Device and the peer device to which this entry refers When you do not select the check box this link is down Remote Bridge Type the MAC address of the peer device in a valid MAC address format MA
284. that are not specified in this screen If you do not assign a Default Server IP address the ZyXEL Device discards all packets received for ports that are not specified here or in the remote management setup Port Forwarding Service Name Select a service from the drop down list box Server IP Enter the IP address of the server for the specified service Address Add Click this button to add a rule to the table below This is the rule index number read only Active This field indicates whether the rule is active or not Clear the check box to disable the rule Select the check box to enable it Service Name This is a service s name Start Port This is the first port number that identifies a service End Port This is the last port number that identifies a service Port Translation Start End Port This is the start end port number that the device translates Server IP This is the server s IP address Address Modify Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the port forwarding rule Click the delete icon to delete an existing port forwarding rule Note that subsequent address mapping rules move up by one when you take this action Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT 9 3 2 The Port Forwarding R
285. the Automatic metric check box and type a metric in Metric Click Add Repeat the previous three steps for each default gateway you want to add P 660HN T1H User s Guide 251 Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address e Click OK when finished Figure 122 Windows XP Advanced TCP IP Properties Advanced TCP IP Settings IP Settings DNS WINS Options IP addresses IP address Subnet mask DHCP Enabled Default gateways Gateway Metric Automatic metric 7 Inthe Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties window the General tab in Windows XP e Click Obtain DNS server address automatically if you do not know your DNS server IP address es e If you know your DNS server IP address es click Use the following DNS server addresses and type them in the Preferred DNS server and Alternate DNS server fields 252 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Appendix A Setting up Your Computer s IP Address If you have previously configured DNS servers click Advanced and then the DNS tab to order them Figure 123 Windows XP Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General Alternate Configuration You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address Obtain DNS serve
286. the WAN type and encapsulation you select Figure 29 Network gt WAN gt Internet Access Setup PPPoE Internet Connection Line ADSL Mode Auto Sync Up Annex Type ANNEX A L General Mode Routing 7 Encapsulation PPPoE User Name test Password pee o Service Name Multiplex LLC z Virtual Circuit ID VPI 8 VCI 35 IP address Obtain an IP Address Automatically Static IP Address IP Address Subnet Mask ENET ENCAP Gateway Connection Keep Alive Connect on Demand Max Idle Time Sec Cancel Advanced Setup The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 16 Network gt WAN gt Internet Access Setup LABEL DESCRIPTION Line ADSL Mode Select the mode supported by your ISP Use Auto Sync Up if you are not sure which mode to choose from The ZyXEL Device dynamically diagnoses the mode supported by the ISP and selects the best compatible one for your connection Other options are ADSL2 ADSL2 G DMT T1 413 and G lite ADSL Type Select the type supported by your ISP Available options are ANNEX A ANNEX A L ANNEX M and ANNEX A L M P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup Table 16 Network gt WAN gt Internet Access Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION General Mode Select Routing default from the drop down list box if your ISP gives you one IP address only and you want multiple computers to share an Internet accou
287. the other hand if you are part of a much larger organization you should consult your network administrator for the appropriate IP addresses Regardless of your particular situation do not create an arbitrary IP address always follow the guidelines above For more information on address assignment please refer to RFC 1597 Address Allocation for Private Internets and RFC 1466 Guidelines for Management of IP Address Space P 660HN T1H User s Guide 277 Appendix B IP Addresses and Subnetting 278 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Pop up Windows JavaScripts and Java Permissions In order to use the web configurator you need to allow e Web browser pop up windows from your device e JavaScripts enabled by default e Java permissions enabled by default Note Internet Explorer 6 screens are used here Screens for other Internet Explorer versions may vary Internet Explorer Pop up Blockers You may have to disable pop up blocking to log into your device Either disable pop up blocking enabled by default in Windows XP SP Service Pack 2 or allow pop up blocking and create an exception for your device s IP address Disable Pop up Blockers 1 In Internet Explorer select Tools Pop up Blocker and then select Turn Off Pop up Blocker Figure 149 Pop up Blocker Tools Mail and News Pop up Blocker urn OFF Pop up Blocker Manage Add ons Pop up Blocker Setting Synchronize a Windows Update Window
288. the queue only when an ACK comes back or when an internal timer terminates the three way handshake Once the queue is full the system will ignore all incoming SYN requests making the system unavailable for legitimate users DoS Denials of Service DoS attacks are aimed at devices and networks with a connection to the Internet Their goal is not to steal information but to disable a P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 10 Firewall device or network so users no longer have access to network resources The ZyXEL Device is pre configured to automatically detect and thwart all known DoS attacks DDoS A DDoS attack is one in which multiple compromised systems attack a single target thereby causing denial of service for users of the targeted system LAND Attack In a LAND attack hackers flood SYN packets into the network with a spoofed source IP address of the target system This makes it appear as if the host computer sent the packets to itself making the system unavailable while the target system tries to respond to itself Ping of Death Ping of Death uses a ping utility to create and send an IP packet that exceeds the maximum 65 536 bytes of data allowed by the IP specification This may cause systems to crash hang or reboot SPI Stateful Packet Inspection SPI tracks each connection crossing the firewall and makes sure it is valid Filtering decisions are based not only on rules but also context For example tra
289. the wizard screen without saving 3 Configure you Figure 23 Wi r wireless settings in this screen Click Next reless LAN fa Wireless LAN Network Name SSID ZyXELO1L Give your nety rca york a name You will search for this name from your wireless clients Channel Selection Channel 06 2437MHz Y n use one of channels You should use the default channel unless other tworks nearby ame channel Security Manually assign a VWPA PSK key Y option if you would pr r to create your own key WPA is stronger than WEP but not all are compatible with WPA The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 13 Wireless LAN Setup Wizard 2 LABEL DESCRIPTION Network Name SSID Enter a descriptive name up to 32 printable 7 bit ASCII characters for the wireless LAN If you change this field on the ZyXEL Device make sure all wireless stations use the same SSID in order to access the network Channel Selection The range of radio frequencies used by IEEE 802 11b g wireless devices is called a channel Select a channel ID that is not already in use by a neighboring device Security Select Manually assign a WPA PSK key to configure a Pre Shared Key WPA PSK Choose this option only if your wireless clients support WPA See Section 5 3 1 on page 68 for more information Select Manually assign a WEP key to configure a WEP Key See Section 5 3 2 on page 69 for more information
290. tion 8 3 on page 111 to set up multiple wireless networks on your ZyXEL Device e Use the WPS screen see Section 8 4 on page 113 to enable or disable WPS generate a security PIN Personal Identification Number and see information about the ZyXEL Device s WPS status e Use the WPS Station see Section 8 5 on page 114 screen to set up WPS by pressing a button or using a PIN e Use the WDS screen see Section 8 6 on page 115 to set up a Wireless Distribution System in which the ZyXEL Device acts as a bridge with other ZyXEL access points e Use the Scheduling screen see Section 8 7 on page 117 to configure the dates times to enable or disable the wireless LAN P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN You don t necessarily need to use all these screens to set up your wireless connection For example you may just want to set up a network name a wireless radio channel and security in the AP screen 8 1 2 What You Need to Know About Wireless Wireless Basics Wireless is essentially radio communication In the same way that walkie talkie radios send and receive information over the airwaves wireless networking devices exchange information with one another A wireless networking device is just like a radio that lets your computer exchange information with radios attached to other computers Like walkie talkies most wireless networking devices operate at radio frequency bands that are open to the public a
291. to 255 Enter the VPI assigned to you VCI The valid range for the VCI is 32 to 65535 0 to 31 is reserved for local management of ATM traffic Enter the VCI assigned to you IP Address This option is available if you select Routing in the Mode field A static IP address is a fixed IP that your ISP gives you A dynamic IP address is not fixed the ISP assigns you a different one each time you connect to the Internet Select Obtain an IP Address Automatically if you have a dynamic IP address otherwise select Static IP Address and type your ISP assigned IP address in the IP Address field below Subnet Mask ENET ENCAP Gateway This option is available if you select ENET ENCAP in the Encapsulation field Enter a subnet mask in dotted decimal notation This option is available if you select ENET ENCAP in the Encapsulation field Specify a gateway IP address supplied by your ISP P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 6 WAN Setup Table 16 Network gt WAN gt Internet Access Setup continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Connection PPPoA and PPPoE encapsulation only Keep Alive Select Keep Alive when you want your connection up all the time The ZyXEL Device will try to bring up the connection automatically if it is disconnected Connect on Select Connect on Demand when you don t want the connection up Demand all the time and specify an idle time out in the Max Idle Timeout field Max Idle Timeout
292. to 32 printable 7 bit ASCII characters for the wireless LAN Note If you are configuring the ZyXEL Device from a computer connected to the wireless LAN and you change the ZyXEL Device s SSID or security settings you will lose your wireless connection when you press Apply to confirm You must then change the wireless settings of your computer to match the ZyXEL Device s new settings Select this check box to hide the SSID in the outgoing beacon frame so a station cannot obtain the SSID through scanning using a site survey tool Security Mode See Section 8 2 on page 103 for more details about this field MAC Filter This shows whether the wireless devices with the MAC addresses listed are allowed or denied to access the ZyXEL Device using this SSID Edit Click this to go to the MAC Filter screen to configure MAC filter settings See Section 8 2 6 on page 110 for more details P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN Table 34 Network gt Wireless LAN gt More AP Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION QoS Select this check box to activate Quality of Service QoS Back Click this to return to the previous screen without saving Apply Click this to save your changes Cancel Click this to restore your previously saved settings 8 4 The WPS Screen Use this screen to configure WiFi Protected Setup WPS on your ZyXEL Device WPS allows you to quickly set up a wireless networ
293. to Another Network ccc scccccssssseeeesssenteeeeeseeaaes 47 4 5 Multiple Public and Private IP Address Mappings c e sceceeeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneaeeaeeess 50 4 5 1 Full Feature NAT Many to Many No Overload Mapping cccsssseesessteeeenees 51 4 5 2 Full Feature NAT One to One Mapping 0 cccccccceccessseeceeeesesseeeeesssneeeeesesseeeeenens 52 4 6 Multiple WAN Connections Example scciseissssidscacsaceiaiccnniosinoiacassinacounasniaioonnnnndaedankannsaccmennedane 53 Part Il Technical Reference ccccsssssseecsseessssseceeesesssseeeseeeesseeeseeees 55 Chapter 5 Internet and Wireless Setup Wizard cccccccessseeeeecceeeeeseeeeeeeeeseseeeeenesneneeseeeeenenseeeeneneeeees 57 EO ORE N aia aa 57 Buf Internet Access Wizard GOUD sassis ea aaa aaO aiai zr ce cds Mama ConA aniio e E S 60 5 3 Wireless Connection Wizard SOUD reniiiinniiisii andarina EN NNN N 66 5o T Mantal Assign a WPA PSK KOY iioo ainiai u ASEE ADAE AA 68 Soe Manually Assign WEP KOY coccccssteccrsssiicoscveusiesacvevombecausthuniensversinntaedsnuekecaeeesauebaaties 69 Chapter 6 WAN SQUID isisao AARETE ATAATA NAE 71 a Soest E ENEA AAS PETE V aac E TE E E E AA A E ANE 71 6 1 1 What You Can Do in the WAN Screens cccccceceeeseesteaecceeceeceeseseceesseaacaaeceeceeeeeeess 71 6 1 2 What You Need to Know About WAN ciccicsssesecccscidsdavsavanatenedeacadavaied asosdendsansivndera niaaa fl CLS BEDO VOU GOIN saner i 72 0 2
294. uit between customer sites Permanent means that the circuit is preprogrammed by the carrier as a path through the network It does not need to be set up or torn down for each session Forwarding Tagged and Untagged Frames Each port on the device is capable of passing tagged or untagged frames To forward a frame from an 802 1Q VLAN aware device to an 802 1Q VLAN unaware device the ZyXEL Device first decides where to forward the frame and then strips off the VLAN tag To forward a frame from an 802 1Q VLAN unaware device to an 802 1Q VLAN aware switch the ZyXEL Device first decides where to forward the frame and then inserts a VLAN tag reflecting the ingress port s default VID The default PVID is VLAN 1 for all ports but this can be changed Whether to tag an outgoing frame depends on the setting of the egress port ona per VLAN per port basis recall that a port can belong to multiple VLANs If the tagging on the egress port is enabled for the VID of a frame then the frame is transmitted as a tagged frame otherwise it is transmitted as an untagged frame 13 2 The 802 1Q 1P Group Setting Screen Use this screen to activate 802 1Q 1P and display the VLAN groups Click Advanced gt 802 1Q 1P to display the following screen P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 13 802 1Q 1P Note If the WAN interface in the VLAN group is not the default router you need to create a static route to communicate with the WAN Figure 80 Advanced
295. ule Edit Screen Use this screen to edit a port forwarding rule Click the rule s edit icon in the Port Forwarding screen to display the screen shown next Figure 66 Network gt NAT gt Port Forwarding Edit Rule Setup M Active Service Name www Start Port eo End Port s0 Server IP Address 192 168 1 2 Port Translation Start Port so End Port s0 Back Apply Cancel The following table describes the fields in this screen Table 43 Network gt NAT gt Port Forwarding Edit LABEL DESCRIPTION Rule Setup Active Click this check box to enable the rule Service Name Enter a name to identify this port forwarding rule Start Port Enter a port number in this field To forward only one port enter the port number again in the End Port field To forward a series of ports enter the start port number here and the end port number in the End Port field End Port Enter a port number in this field To forward only one port enter the port number again in the Start Port field above and then enter it again in this field To forward a series of ports enter the last port number in a series that begins with the port number in the Start Port field above Server IP Enter the inside IP address of the server here Address Port Enter the start port number here to which you want the device to Translation translate the incoming port For a range of ports you only need to enter Start End the f
296. ult your network administrator for the appropriate IP addresses Note Regardless of your particular situation do not create an arbitrary IP address always follow the guidelines above For more information on address assignment please refer to RFC 1597 Address Allocation for Private Internets and RFC 1466 Guidelines for Management of IP Address Space 7 6 5 RIP Setup RIP Routing Information Protocol allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers The RIP Direction field controls the sending and receiving of RIP packets When set to e Both the ZyXEL Device will broadcast its routing table periodically and incorporate the RIP information that it receives In Only the ZyXEL Device will not send any RIP packets but will accept all RIP packets received e Out Only the ZyXEL Device will send out RIP packets but will not accept any RIP packets received e None the ZyXEL Device will not send any RIP packets and will ignore any RIP packets received The Version field controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the ZyXEL Device sends it recognizes both formats when receiving RIP 1 is universally supported but RIP 2 carries more information RIP 1 is P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Setup probably adequate for most networks unless you have an unusual network topology Both RIP 2B and RIP 2M sends the routing data in RIP 2 format the differen
297. ur ZyXEL Device in dotted decimal notation Alternatively click the right mouse button to copy and or paste the IP address IP Subnet Mask Your ZyXEL Device will automatically calculate the subnet mask based on the IP address that you assign Unless you are implementing subnetting use the subnet mask computed by the ZyXEL Device P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 7 LAN Setup Table 25 Network gt LAN gt IP Alias LABEL DESCRIPTION RIP Direction RIP Routing Information Protocol RFC 1058 and RFC 1389 allows a router to exchange routing information with other routers The RIP Direction field controls the sending and receiving of RIP packets Select the RIP direction from Both In Only Out Only None When set to Both or Out Only the ZyXEL Device will broadcast its routing table periodically When set to Both or In Only it will incorporate the RIP information that it receives when set to None it will not send any RIP packets and will ignore any RIP packets received RIP Version The RIP Version field controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the ZyXEL Device sends it recognizes both formats when receiving RIP 1 is universally supported but RIP 2 carries more information RIP 1 is probably adequate for most networks unless you have an unusual network topology Both RIP 2B and RIP 2M sends the routing data in RIP 2 format the difference being that RIP 2B uses subnet broadc
298. ur computer P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 21 Tools Restore Configuration Restore Configuration allows you to upload a new or previously saved configuration file from your computer to your ZyXEL Device Table 91 Restore Configuration LABEL DESCRIPTION File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse to find it Browse Click this to find the file you want to upload Remember that you must decompress compressed ZIP files before you can upload them Upload Click this to begin the upload process Do not turn off the ZyXEL Device while configuration file upload is in progress After you see a restore configuration successful screen you must then wait one minute before logging into the ZyXEL Device again Figure 106 Configuration Upload Successful Restore Configuration successful The Router Is Rebooting Now Please Wait The router will now reboot 4s there will be no indication of when the process is complete please wait for one minute before attempting to access the router again The ZyXEL Device automatically restarts in this time causing a temporary network disconnect In some operating systems you may see the following icon on your desktop Figure 107 Network Temporarily Disconnected Local Area Connection Network cable unplugged If you uploaded the default configuration file you may need to change the
299. urrent wireless and wireless security settings also appear in the screen This displays Unconfigured if WPS is disabled and there is no wireless or wireless security changes on the ZyXEL Device or you click Release to remove the configured wireless and wireless security settings Release This button is available when the WPS status is Configured Click this button to remove all configured wireless and wireless security settings for WPS connections on the ZyXEL Device Apply Click this to save your changes Refresh Click this to restore your previously saved settings 8 5 The WPS Station Screen Use this screen to set up a WPS wireless network using either Push Button Configuration PBC or PIN Configuration Click Network gt Wireless LAN gt WPS Station The following screen displays Figure 52 Network gt Wireless LAN gt WPS Station seconds Add Station by WPS Click the below Push Button to add WPS stations to wireless network Or input station s PIN number q Note 1 The Push Button Configuration requires pressing a button on both the station and AP within 120 2 You may find the PIN number in the station s utility P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 8 Wireless LAN The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 36 Network gt Wireless LAN gt WPS Station LABEL DESCRIPTION Push Button Click this to add another WPS enabled wireles
300. ust accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operations This device has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This device generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this device does cause harmful interference to radio television reception which can be determined by turning the device off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures 1 Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna 2 Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver 3 Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected 4 Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help fa FCC Radiation Exposure Statement This transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter e EEE 802 11b or 802 11g operation of this product in the U S A is firmware limited to channels 1 through 11 To comply with FCC RF exposure comp
301. ver o Server to authenticate user There is no authentication server to authenticate a user Table 86 ACL Setting Notes PACKET DIRECTION DIRECTION DESCRIPTION L to W LAN to WAN ACL set for packets traveling from the LAN to the WAN W to L WAN to LAN ACL set for packets traveling from the WAN to the LAN P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 20 Logs Table 86 ACL Setting Notes continued PACKET DIRECTION DIRECTION DESCRIPTION L to L ZyXEL LAN to LAN ACL set for packets traveling from the LAN to the Device ZyXEL Device LAN or the ZyXEL Device W to W ZyXEL WAN to WAN ACL set for packets traveling from the WAN to the Device ZyXEL Device WAN or the ZyXEL Device Table 87 ICMP Notes TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION 0 Echo Reply Echo reply message Destination Unreachable Net unreachable ras Host unreachable Protocol unreachable Port unreachable Bl Ww N A packet that needed fragmentation was dropped because it was set to Don t Fragment DF Source route failed Source Quench A gateway may discard internet datagrams if it does not have the buffer space needed to queue the datagrams for output to the next network on the route to the destination network Redirect Redirect datagrams for the Network Redirect datagrams for the Host Redirect datagrams for the Type of Servic
302. with three distinct WAN networks Figure 71 NAT Application With IP Alias A LAN1 192 168 1 X IP 1 IGA 1 192 168 1 1 IP 3 IGA 3 LAN3 192 168 3 X 192 168 3 1 9 6 5 NAT Mapping Types NAT supports five types of IP port mapping They are One to One In One to One mode the ZyXEL Device maps one local IP address to one global IP address e Many to One In Many to One mode the ZyXEL Device maps multiple local IP addresses to one global IP address This is equivalent to SUA for instance PAT port address translation ZyXEL s Single User Account feature that previous ZyXEL routers supported the SUA Only option in today s routers e Many to Many Overload In Many to Many Overload mode the ZyXEL Device maps the multiple local IP addresses to shared global IP addresses e Many to Many No Overload In Many to Many No Overload mode the ZyXEL Device maps each local IP address to a unique global IP address e Server This type allows you to specify inside servers of different services behind the NAT to be accessible to the outside world P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT Port numbers do NOT change for One to One and Many to Many No Overload NAT mapping types The following table summarizes these types Table 48 NAT Mapping Types TYPE IP MAPPING One to One ILAL gt IGA1 Many to One SUA PAT ILAL gt IGA1 ILA2 gt IGA1 M
303. ws RFC 2408 ISAKMP payload types that the log displays Please refer to RFC 2408 for detailed information on each type Table 89 RFC 2408 ISAKMP Payload Types LOG DISPLAY PAYLOAD TYPE SA Security Association PROP Proposal TRANS Transform KE Key Exchange ID Identification CER Certificate CER_REQ Certificate Request HASH Hash SIG Signature NONCE Nonce NOTFY Notification DEL Delete VID Vendor ID P 660HN T1H User s Guide Tools 21 1 Overview This chapter explains how to upload new firmware manage configuration files and restart your ZyXEL Device Use the instructions in this chapter to change the device s configuration file or upgrade its firmware After you configure your device you can backup the configuration file to a computer That way if you later misconfigure the device you can upload the backed up configuration file to return to your previous settings You can alternately upload the factory default configuration file if you want to return the device to the original default settings The firmware determines the device s available features and functionality You can download new firmware releases from your nearest ZyXEL FTP site or www zyxel com to use to upgrade your device s performance Only use firmware for your device s specific model Refer to the label on the bottom of your ZyXEL Device 21 1 1 What You Can Do in the To
304. ws Transport Protocol is the delivery mechanism for the USENET newsgroup service PING User Defined 1 Packet INternet Groper is a protocol that sends out ICMP echo requests to test whether or not a remote host is reachable POP3 TCP 110 Post Office Protocol version 3 lets a client computer get e mail from a POP3 server through a temporary connection TCP IP or other POP3S TCP 995 This is a more secure version of POP3 that runs over SSL PPTP TCP 1723 Point to Point Tunneling Protocol enables secure transfer of data over public networks This is the control channel PPTP_TUNNEL User Defined 47 PPTP Point to Point Tunneling GRE Protocol enables secure transfer of data over public networks This is the data channel RCMD TCP 512 Remote Command Service REAL_AUDIO TCP 7070 A streaming audio service that enables real time sound over the web REXEC TCP 514 Remote Execution Daemon RLOGIN TCP 513 Remote Login ROADRUNNER TCP UDP 1026 This is an ISP that provides services mainly for cable modems RTELNET TCP 107 Remote Telnet RTSP TCP UDP 554 The Real Time Streaming media control Protocol RTSP is a remote control for multimedia on the Internet P 660HN T1H User s Guide 307 Appendix E Services Table 114 Examples of Services continued NAME PROTOCOL PORT S DESCRIPTION SFTP TCP 115 The Simple File Transfer Protocol is an old way of transferring files between comput
305. ximize throughput MR Maximize reliability MC Minimize monetary cost HH Highest H High M Medium L Low P 660HN T1H User s Guide 173 Chapter 14 Quality of Service QoS The following table describes the labels in this screen Table 59 Advanced Setup gt QoS gt QoS Settings Summary LABEL DESCRIPTION Rules This is the rule s index number Active This shows whether the rule is enabled or disabled Physical Ports This is the physical port associated with the rule Destination MAC and P Mask Port Ranges This is the port range for destination MAC address and IP address Source MAC and IP Mask Port This is the port range for source MAC address and IP address Ranges Protocol ID This is the protocol ID associated with the rule VLAN ID This is the VLAN ID associated with the rule IPP TOS DSCP This shows the IPP TOS or DSCP settings 802 1p This is the 802 1p priority level Actions IPP TOS DSCP The ZyXEL Device re assigns the priority values specified in this field Remarking to matched traffic 802 1p The ZyXEL Device re assigns the priority levels specified in this field Remarking to matched traffic Queue The ZyXEL Device assigns the queue level specified in this field to matched traffic 14 3 QoS Technical Reference 14 3 1 IEEE 802 1p This section provides some technical background information about th
306. y so if another device has enrolled your device will be unable to enroll and will not have access to the network If this happens open the access point s configuration interface and look at the list of associated clients usually displayed by MAC address It does not matter if the access point is the WPS registrar the enrollee or was not involved in the WPS handshake a rogue device must still associate with the access point to gain access to the network Check the MAC addresses of your wireless clients usually printed on a label on the bottom of the device If there is an unknown MAC address you can remove it or reset the AP 132 P 660HN T1H User s Guide Network Address Translation NAT 9 1 Overview This chapter discusses how to configure NAT on the ZyXEL Device NAT Network Address Translation NAT RFC 1631 is the translation of the IP address of a host in a packet for example the source address of an outgoing packet used within one network to a different IP address known within another network 9 1 1 What You Can Do in the NAT Screens Use the NAT General Setup screen Section 9 2 on page 135 to configure the NAT setup settings e Use the Port Forwarding screen Section 9 3 on page 136 to configure forward incoming service requests to the server s on your local network e Use the Address Mapping screen Section 9 4 on page 140 to change your ZyXEL Device s address mapping settings e Use the AL
307. y with port forwarding and address mapping rules Apply Click this to save your changes Reset Click this to restore your previously saved settings P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 9 Network Address Translation NAT 9 6 NAT Technical Reference This chapter contains more information regarding NAT 9 6 1 NAT Definitions Inside outside denotes where a host is located relative to the ZyXEL Device for example the computers of your subscribers are the inside hosts while the web servers on the Internet are the outside hosts Global local denotes the IP address of a host in a packet as the packet traverses a router for example the local address refers to the IP address of a host when the packet is in the local network while the global address refers to the IP address of the host when the same packet is traveling in the WAN side Note that inside outside refers to the location of a host while global local refers to the IP address of a host used in a packet Thus an inside local address ILA is the IP address of an inside host in a packet when the packet is still in the local network while an inside global address IGA is the IP address of the same inside host when the packet is on the WAN side The following table summarizes this information Table 47 NAT Definitions ITEM DESCRIPTION Inside This refers to the host on the LAN Outside This refers to the host on the WAN Lo
308. you change the SNMP server port to a different number on the ZyXEL Device for example 8161 then you must notify people who need to access the ZyXEL Device SNMP agent to use the same port Server Access Select the interface s through which a computer may access the ZyXEL Device using this service Secured Client A secured client is a trusted computer that is allowed to access the IP Address SNMP agent on the ZyXEL Device Select All to allow any computer to access the SNMP agent Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to access the SNMP agent P 660HN T1H User s Guide Chapter 16 Remote Management Table 66 Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt SNMP continued LABEL DESCRIPTION Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyXEL Device Cancel Click Cancel to begin configuring this screen afresh 16 6 The DNS Screen Use DNS Domain Name System to map a domain name to its corresponding IP address and vice versa Refer to Chapter 7 on page 87 for background information Use this screen to set from which IP address the ZyXEL Device will accept DNS queries and on which interface it can send them your ZyXEL Device s DNS settings This feature is not available when the ZyXEL Device is set to bridge mode Click Advanced gt Remote MGMT gt DNS to change your ZyXEL Device s DNS settings Figure 93 Advanced gt Remo
309. ypes of wireless security you can set up in the wireless network 8 8 3 1 SSID Normally the ZyXEL Device acts like a beacon and regularly broadcasts the SSID in the area You can hide the SSID instead in which case the ZyXEL Device does not broadcast the SSID In addition you should change the default SSID to something that is difficult to guess This type of security is fairly weak however because there are ways for unauthorized wireless devices to get the SSID In addition unauthorized wireless devices can still see the information that is sent in the wireless network 8 8 3 2 MAC Address Filter Every device that can use a wireless network has a unique identification number called a MAC address A MAC address is usually written using twelve hexadecimal characters for example 00A0C5000002 or 00 A0 C5 00 00 02 To get the MAC address for each device in the wireless network see the device s User s Guide or other documentation 1 Some wireless devices such as scanners can detect wireless networks but cannot use wireless networks These kinds of wireless devices might not have MAC addresses 2 Hexadecimal characters are 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E and F P 660HN T1H User s Guide 121 Chapter 8 Wireless LAN You can use the MAC address filter to tell the ZyXEL Device which devices are allowed or not allowed to use the wireless network If a device is allowed to use the wireless network

ZyXEL P-660HN-T1H User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents